1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
179 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
221 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
222 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_dcall_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_vcall_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc
{
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
299 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
301 const char *dw_fde_end
;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number
;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg
;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
315 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
428 unsigned int refcount
;
429 enum dwarf_form form
;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s
)
556 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
561 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
585 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
604 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
605 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
606 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
607 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
609 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
611 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
613 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
620 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
623 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
625 wrote_return_column
= true;
627 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
632 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
636 if (!wrote_return_column
)
637 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
643 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register
:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression
:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node
);
726 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
727 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
728 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
739 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
747 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
773 static char label
[20];
775 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
800 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
808 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
810 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
813 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version
== 2
830 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
834 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
843 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
847 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
851 label
= xstrdup (label
);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
860 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
861 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
862 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
872 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
887 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
890 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
894 label
= xstrdup (label
);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
904 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
906 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
909 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
912 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
920 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
924 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
927 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
931 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
932 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
939 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
941 remember
->in_use
= 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
944 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
946 remember
->in_use
= 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
961 dw_cfa_location remember
;
963 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
964 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
967 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
970 fde
= current_fde ();
972 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1001 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1003 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1012 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1013 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1014 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1015 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1016 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1031 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1032 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1034 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1043 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1052 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1053 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1058 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1065 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1069 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1079 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1080 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1081 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1090 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1091 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1092 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1109 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde
->stack_realign
1115 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1117 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1118 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1119 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1122 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1125 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1126 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1127 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1129 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1130 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1132 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1133 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1136 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1137 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1155 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1165 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1174 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1183 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1193 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1215 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1220 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1241 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1242 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1253 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1254 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1258 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1260 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1266 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1273 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1274 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1291 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1297 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1299 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1303 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1310 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1312 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1319 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1321 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1345 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1355 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1363 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1364 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1369 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1373 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1376 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1378 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1381 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1391 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1396 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1400 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1408 return cur_args_size
;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1418 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1420 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1421 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1422 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1424 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1425 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1426 insn
= get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1433 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1436 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1437 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1438 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1439 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1440 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1442 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1451 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1470 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1475 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1479 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1506 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1517 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1520 old_args_size
= size
;
1523 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1524 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1533 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1534 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1536 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1537 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size
+= offset
;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1590 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1592 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1615 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1620 offset
-= args_size
;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1626 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1634 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1643 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1654 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1684 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1690 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1695 q
= GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save
);
1696 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1697 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1701 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1702 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1704 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1714 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1717 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1719 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1722 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1724 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1727 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1733 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1735 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1737 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1741 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1742 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1753 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1755 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1760 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1761 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1775 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1777 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1780 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1782 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1788 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1789 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1790 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1798 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1800 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1802 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1803 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1806 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1825 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1830 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1831 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1835 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1854 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1855 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1861 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1871 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1883 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1885 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1886 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1888 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1895 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1899 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
1905 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
1921 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
1922 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1924 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
1926 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
1928 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1939 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
1941 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1942 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1945 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
1947 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
1949 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1964 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
1965 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2168 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2180 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2189 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2191 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2198 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2200 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2222 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2223 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2227 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2232 fde
= current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2252 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2253 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde
->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2274 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2281 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2288 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2293 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2299 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2303 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2313 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2314 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2315 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2316 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2318 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2328 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2331 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2332 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2346 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2347 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2350 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2356 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2361 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2362 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2370 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2379 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2380 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2390 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2391 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2404 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2415 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2416 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2417 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2419 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2421 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2449 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2450 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2451 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2453 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2459 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2465 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2467 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde
->stack_realign
2474 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2477 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2480 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2481 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2483 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2496 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2500 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2503 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2507 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2519 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2523 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2532 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2533 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde
->stack_realign
2563 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2564 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2568 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2570 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2571 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2572 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2575 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2585 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2598 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2599 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2608 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2611 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2623 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2624 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2626 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2628 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2629 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2652 bool handled_one
= false;
2654 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2666 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2669 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2671 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size
)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2681 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2699 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2705 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2719 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2728 n
= single_set (insn
);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2739 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2751 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2767 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2779 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2792 bool saw_frp
= false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2805 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2811 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2836 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
2855 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2860 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2876 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore
:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2913 case DW_CFA_register
:
2914 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2916 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2917 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2918 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2919 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2922 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2946 case DW_CFA_register
:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2954 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2956 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2957 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2958 for collect2 the first time around. */
2961 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
2965 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2966 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2970 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2976 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2978 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2980 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2982 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2983 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2984 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2985 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2986 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2987 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2988 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2989 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2992 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2993 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
2997 if (eh_frame_section
)
2998 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3001 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3002 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3003 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3007 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3008 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3009 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3010 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3016 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3020 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3023 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3026 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3027 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3028 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3029 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3033 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3036 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3041 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3042 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3043 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3044 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3045 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3046 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3047 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3049 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3051 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
3052 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3055 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3057 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3059 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
3063 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3064 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3066 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3068 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3070 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3071 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3072 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3075 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3076 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3077 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3080 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3081 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3082 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3083 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3086 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3087 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3088 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3089 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3092 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3093 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3094 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3095 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3098 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3099 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3100 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3101 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3104 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3105 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3106 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3107 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3108 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3111 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3112 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3114 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3117 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3118 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3120 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3121 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3124 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3125 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3127 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3128 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3131 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3132 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3133 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3134 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3135 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3136 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3139 case DW_CFA_register
:
3140 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3141 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3142 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3143 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3146 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3147 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3148 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3151 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3152 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3153 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3156 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3159 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3160 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3161 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
3164 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3165 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3174 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3177 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3179 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3181 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3183 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3184 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3185 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3187 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3188 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3189 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3190 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3191 going to take care of this for us. */
3195 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3196 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3197 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3198 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3199 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3202 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3203 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3204 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3205 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3208 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3209 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3210 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3213 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3214 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3215 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3218 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3219 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3220 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3221 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3222 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3225 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3226 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3227 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3230 case DW_CFA_register
:
3231 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3232 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3233 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3236 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3237 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3238 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3239 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3240 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3243 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3244 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3246 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3250 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3251 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3255 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3256 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3259 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3260 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3263 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3264 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3265 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3266 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3267 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3275 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3276 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3278 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3279 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3280 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3281 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3284 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3286 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3288 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3289 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3290 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3292 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3293 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3295 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3296 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3297 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3299 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3300 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3301 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3303 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3305 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3307 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3308 .cfi_restore_state. */
3309 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3310 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3312 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3315 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3322 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3326 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3327 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3332 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3333 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3334 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3335 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3336 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3337 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3338 case DW_CFA_register
:
3339 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3340 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3341 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3343 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3344 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3345 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3346 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3347 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3349 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3350 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3351 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3353 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3355 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3359 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3360 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3363 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3365 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3366 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3368 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3370 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3371 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3374 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3376 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3379 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3381 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3383 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3385 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3386 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3387 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3389 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3390 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3391 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3393 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3394 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3395 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3396 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3403 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3404 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3408 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3410 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3413 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3415 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3418 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3420 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3422 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3425 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3428 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3429 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3431 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3438 /* Output one FDE. */
3441 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3442 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3443 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3445 const char *begin
, *end
;
3446 static unsigned int j
;
3447 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3450 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3452 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3454 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3455 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3456 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3457 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3458 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3459 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3461 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3464 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3466 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3467 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3471 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3472 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3476 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3477 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3478 might be separated from the real start of the
3479 function by alignment padding. */
3481 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3482 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3483 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3485 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3486 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3487 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3489 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3494 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3495 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3496 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3497 "FDE initial location");
3498 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3499 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3503 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3504 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3507 if (augmentation
[0])
3509 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3511 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3513 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3515 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3516 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3517 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3518 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3519 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3522 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3525 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3527 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3529 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3530 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3531 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3532 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3534 "Language Specific Data Area");
3538 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3539 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3540 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3541 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3545 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3548 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3550 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3551 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3552 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3553 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3556 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3557 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3559 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3560 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3566 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3568 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3570 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3571 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3572 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3573 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3575 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3576 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3579 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3580 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3581 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3582 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3583 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3585 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3586 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3587 switch *back* into the table section. */
3588 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3589 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3590 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3593 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3594 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3595 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3596 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3601 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3602 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3603 location of saved registers. */
3606 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3611 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3612 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3613 char augmentation
[6];
3614 int augmentation_size
;
3615 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3616 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3617 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3619 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3622 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3623 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3626 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3627 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3630 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3631 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3632 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3633 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3634 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3635 specialization doesn't. */
3636 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3637 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3640 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3641 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3642 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
3643 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3644 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3645 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
3647 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3648 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3649 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3650 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3653 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
3655 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3656 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3657 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3658 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3659 any_eh_needed
= true;
3660 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
3661 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3662 any_eh_needed
= true;
3664 if (! any_eh_needed
)
3668 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3672 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3673 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3675 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3676 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3678 /* Output the CIE. */
3679 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3680 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3681 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3682 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3683 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3684 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3685 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3686 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3688 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3689 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3690 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3691 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3692 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3694 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3695 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3696 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3697 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3699 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3701 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3703 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3704 augmentation_size
= 0;
3706 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3712 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3713 augmentation section.
3714 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3715 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3716 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3718 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3719 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3721 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3722 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3723 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3725 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3729 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3730 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3732 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3735 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3737 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3740 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3742 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3744 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3748 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3749 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3751 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3753 + 1 /* CIE version */
3754 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3755 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3756 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3758 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3759 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3760 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3762 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3764 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3765 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3766 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3770 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3771 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3772 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3773 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3775 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3776 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3778 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3780 if (augmentation
[0])
3782 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3785 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3786 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3787 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3792 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3794 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3796 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3797 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3798 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3801 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3802 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3804 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3805 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3806 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3807 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3809 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3810 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3813 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3815 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3816 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
3817 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3818 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3819 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3822 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3823 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3824 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3827 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3828 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3829 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3830 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3831 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3832 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3835 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3840 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3843 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3847 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3849 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3853 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3856 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3857 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3858 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3859 of the weirder relocation types. */
3860 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3861 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3863 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc
);
3864 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3865 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3868 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3872 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3873 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3874 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3875 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
3876 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3878 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3879 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3881 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc
);
3882 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3883 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3887 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3891 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3892 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3894 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3899 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
3901 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3902 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3903 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3905 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
3906 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3909 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3913 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
3914 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
3915 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3916 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3917 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3918 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3919 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
3920 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
3922 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3923 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3924 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3928 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3929 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
3931 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3932 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
3933 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
3934 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
3937 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3938 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
3940 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3941 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
3942 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
3943 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
3944 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
3945 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
3946 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3947 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
3948 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3949 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
3950 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
3951 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
3952 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
3953 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
3954 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
3955 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
3956 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
3957 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
3958 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3959 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3960 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
3962 section
*unlikelysec
;
3963 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
3964 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
3967 = (fnsec
== text_section
3968 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3969 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
3970 fde
->cold_in_std_section
3971 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
3972 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
3977 = (fnsec
== text_section
3978 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3979 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
3982 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
3984 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3985 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3986 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3988 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
3991 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3992 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
3995 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3996 if (!current_unit_personality
)
3997 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
3999 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4000 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4001 function anymore. */
4003 && current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4004 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4005 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4009 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4010 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4014 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4015 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4018 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4020 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4021 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4024 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4025 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4027 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4029 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4030 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4031 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4032 fde
= current_fde ();
4033 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4034 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4038 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4040 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4041 fde_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node
, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4042 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4043 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4045 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4046 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4048 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4049 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4051 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4052 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4053 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4058 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4060 /* Output call frame information. */
4061 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4062 output_call_frame_info (0);
4064 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4065 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4066 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
4067 output_call_frame_info (1);
4071 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4074 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4076 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4077 if (sec
== text_section
)
4078 text_section_used
= true;
4079 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4080 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4084 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4086 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4088 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4090 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4091 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4093 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4094 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4095 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4096 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4097 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4099 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4100 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4101 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4103 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4104 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4105 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4107 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4108 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4110 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4111 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4113 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4115 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4116 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4118 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4122 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4124 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4126 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4127 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4128 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4133 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4134 for emitting location expressions. */
4136 /* Data about a single source file. */
4137 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4138 const char * filename
;
4142 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4143 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4144 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4145 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4146 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4148 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4152 } deferred_locations
;
4154 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4155 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4157 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4159 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4160 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4162 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4163 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4164 implementation are listed below. */
4169 dw_val_class_offset
,
4171 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4172 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4174 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4175 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4178 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4179 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4180 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4181 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4183 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4188 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4190 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4191 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4197 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4198 represented internally. */
4200 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4201 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4202 union dw_val_struct_union
4204 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4205 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4206 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4207 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4208 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4209 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4210 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4211 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4212 struct dw_val_die_union
4216 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4217 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4218 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4219 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4220 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4221 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4222 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4224 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4228 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4231 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4232 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4233 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4234 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4235 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4236 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4238 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4239 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4243 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4244 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4245 their entire life. */
4246 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4247 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4248 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4249 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4250 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4251 Only on head of list */
4252 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4253 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4256 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4258 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4260 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4263 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4268 return "DW_OP_addr";
4270 return "DW_OP_deref";
4272 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4274 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4276 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4278 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4280 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4282 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4284 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4286 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4288 return "DW_OP_constu";
4290 return "DW_OP_consts";
4294 return "DW_OP_drop";
4296 return "DW_OP_over";
4298 return "DW_OP_pick";
4300 return "DW_OP_swap";
4304 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4312 return "DW_OP_minus";
4324 return "DW_OP_plus";
4325 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4326 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4332 return "DW_OP_shra";
4350 return "DW_OP_skip";
4352 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4354 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4356 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4358 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4360 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4362 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4364 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4366 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4368 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4370 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4372 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4374 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4376 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4378 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4380 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4382 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4384 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4386 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4388 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4390 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4392 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4394 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4396 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4398 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4400 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4402 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4404 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4406 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4408 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4410 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4412 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4414 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4416 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4418 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4420 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4422 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4424 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4426 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4428 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4430 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4432 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4434 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4436 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4438 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4440 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4442 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4444 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4446 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4448 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4450 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4452 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4454 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4456 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4458 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4460 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4462 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4464 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4466 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4468 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4470 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4472 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4474 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4476 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4478 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4480 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4482 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4484 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4486 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4488 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4490 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4492 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4494 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4496 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4498 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4500 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4502 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4504 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4506 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4508 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4510 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4512 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4514 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4516 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4518 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4520 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4522 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4524 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4526 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4528 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4530 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4532 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4534 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4536 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4538 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4540 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4542 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4544 return "DW_OP_regx";
4546 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4548 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4550 return "DW_OP_piece";
4551 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4552 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4553 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4554 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4558 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4559 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4561 return "DW_OP_call2";
4563 return "DW_OP_call4";
4564 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4565 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4566 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4567 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4568 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4569 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4570 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4571 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4572 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4573 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4574 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4575 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4577 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4578 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4579 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4580 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4581 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4582 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4585 return "OP_<unknown>";
4589 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4590 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4591 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4593 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4594 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4595 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4597 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
4599 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4600 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4601 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4602 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4603 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4608 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4611 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4612 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4615 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4618 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4621 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4624 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4626 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4628 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4629 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4635 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4638 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4640 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4643 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4648 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4649 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4653 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4654 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4655 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4656 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4657 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4659 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4660 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4662 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4663 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4666 else if (offset
> 0)
4667 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4671 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (offset
);
4672 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
4676 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4677 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4680 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4683 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4684 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4688 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4690 static unsigned long
4691 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4693 unsigned long size
= 1;
4695 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4698 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4717 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4720 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4725 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4726 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4764 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4767 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4770 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4773 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4774 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4777 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4779 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4780 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4789 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4790 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4792 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4793 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
4794 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4803 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4805 static unsigned long
4806 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4811 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4812 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4813 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4815 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
4817 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4822 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4824 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
4825 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4831 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4832 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4835 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4838 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4840 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4841 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4843 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4845 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4848 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4852 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4856 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
4857 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4864 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4865 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4867 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
4870 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4871 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4872 switch (val2
->val_class
)
4874 case dw_val_class_const
:
4875 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4877 case dw_val_class_vec
:
4879 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
4880 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
4884 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
4889 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
4892 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
4893 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
4896 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
4898 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
4900 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4902 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4903 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4907 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4908 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4910 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4912 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4916 case dw_val_class_addr
:
4917 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
4918 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
4933 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4934 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4935 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4936 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4937 only doing unwinding. */
4942 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4945 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4948 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4951 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4953 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4954 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4988 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4991 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4994 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4997 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4998 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5001 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5003 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5004 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5005 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5011 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5013 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5016 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5023 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5024 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5032 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5037 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5040 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5042 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5044 /* Output the opcode. */
5045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
5046 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
5048 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5049 output_loc_operands (loc
);
5053 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5054 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5057 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5059 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5060 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5062 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5065 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5066 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5072 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5073 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5074 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5075 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5080 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5081 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5086 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5087 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5092 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5093 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5094 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5102 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5103 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5105 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5106 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5111 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5114 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5115 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5152 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5153 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5157 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5158 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5159 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5160 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5164 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5170 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5174 /* Output the opcode. */
5175 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5176 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5178 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5180 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5182 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5186 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5187 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5190 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5192 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5195 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5196 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
5198 /* Output the size of the block. */
5199 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5200 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5201 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5203 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5204 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
5207 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5210 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5212 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5215 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5216 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
5218 /* Output the size of the block. */
5219 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5220 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5221 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5222 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5224 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5225 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5228 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5229 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5232 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5233 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5235 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5237 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5241 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5242 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5243 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5244 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5247 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5248 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5252 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5257 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5258 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5261 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5262 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5265 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5266 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5268 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5269 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5271 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5272 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5273 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5274 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5277 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5281 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5282 descriptor sequence. */
5285 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5287 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5289 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5293 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5295 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5331 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5334 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5368 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5369 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5372 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5373 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5378 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5379 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5382 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5383 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5387 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5389 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5390 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5392 /* .debug_str support. */
5393 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5395 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5396 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5397 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5398 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5399 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5400 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5401 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5402 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5403 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5404 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5405 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5406 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5407 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5408 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5410 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5411 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5412 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree
);
5413 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree
, int);
5414 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx
, rtx
);
5415 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5416 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5417 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5419 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5421 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5425 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5428 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5429 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5430 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5431 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5432 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5433 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5434 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5435 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
5436 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5437 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5438 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5439 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
5440 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5441 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5442 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5443 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5444 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5445 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5446 something tries to reference them. */
5447 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5448 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5449 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5450 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5451 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5452 dwarf2out_direct_call
,
5453 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token
,
5454 dwarf2out_copy_call_info
,
5455 dwarf2out_virtual_call
,
5457 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5461 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5462 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5463 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5465 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5466 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5467 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5468 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5470 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5471 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5473 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5475 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5477 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5478 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5479 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5480 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5481 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5482 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5483 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5485 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5486 line number associated with the label generated for that
5487 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5488 the line number entry. */
5490 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5491 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5492 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5496 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5498 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5499 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5500 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5501 unsigned long function
;
5503 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5505 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5506 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5507 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5509 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5510 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5511 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5515 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5516 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5518 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5519 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5520 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5522 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5523 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5524 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5526 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5527 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5529 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id
;
5530 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5531 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5532 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5534 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5535 dw_offset die_offset
;
5536 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5538 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5539 int die_perennial_p
;
5540 unsigned int decl_id
;
5544 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5545 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5546 c = die->die_child; \
5550 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5553 /* The pubname structure */
5555 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5561 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5562 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5564 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5565 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5566 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5570 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5575 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5576 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5578 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5579 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5580 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5581 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5585 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5586 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5589 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5593 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5597 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5599 skeleton_chain_node
;
5601 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5602 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5603 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5606 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5607 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5609 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5610 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5611 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5612 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5613 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5614 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5616 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5617 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5618 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5619 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5620 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5621 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5622 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5623 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5624 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5625 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5627 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5628 language, and compiler version. */
5630 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5631 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5632 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5634 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5635 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5636 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5637 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5639 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5640 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5642 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5643 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5644 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5645 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5646 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5648 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5649 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5650 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5651 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5652 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5653 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5655 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5656 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5657 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5658 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5660 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5664 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5665 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5666 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5668 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5669 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5671 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5672 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5674 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5675 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5676 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5677 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5678 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5680 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5681 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5682 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5683 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
5686 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5687 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
5689 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5690 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
5692 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5693 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
5695 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5696 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5698 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
5700 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5701 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
5703 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5704 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5705 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
5707 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5708 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5709 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
5711 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
5716 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
5717 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
5719 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5720 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
5721 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
5722 const char * GTY (()) label
;
5723 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
5724 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
5727 /* Variable location list. */
5728 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
5729 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
5731 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5732 it is marked through the chain. */
5733 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
5735 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5736 unsigned int decl_id
;
5738 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
5741 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5742 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
5744 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5745 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5746 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5747 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5748 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
5750 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5751 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
5753 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5754 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5756 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5757 abbrev_die_table. */
5758 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5760 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5761 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5762 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5763 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
5765 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5766 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
5768 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5769 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
5771 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5772 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5773 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5774 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
5776 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5777 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
5779 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5780 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
5782 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5784 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5786 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5787 accessible names. */
5788 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
5790 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5791 accessible types. */
5792 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
5794 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5795 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
5797 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5798 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
5800 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5801 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
5803 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5805 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5807 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5808 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
5810 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5811 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
5813 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5814 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
5816 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5817 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5818 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
5820 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5821 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
5823 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5824 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
5826 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5828 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5830 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5831 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
5833 /* Unique label counter. */
5834 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
5836 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5837 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5839 /* The direct call table structure. */
5841 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct
{
5842 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5844 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
5848 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry
);
5849 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry
, gc
);
5851 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5853 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct
{
5854 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5855 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5859 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry
);
5860 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry
, gc
);
5862 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5863 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry
, gc
) * dcall_table
= NULL
;
5864 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry
, gc
) * vcall_table
= NULL
;
5866 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5868 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn
{
5870 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5873 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn
))) htab_t vcall_insn_table
;
5875 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5876 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5877 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
5879 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5880 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
5883 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5884 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
5886 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5887 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
5889 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5890 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
5892 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
5894 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5896 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5897 within the current function. */
5898 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
5900 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5902 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
5903 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
5904 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
5905 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5906 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5907 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5908 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
5909 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
5910 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
5911 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
5912 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5913 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
5914 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5915 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
5916 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5917 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
5918 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5919 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5920 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
5921 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5922 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
5923 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5924 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5925 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5926 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
5927 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
5928 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
5929 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5930 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
5931 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
5932 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
5933 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5934 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
5935 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
5936 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5938 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
5939 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
5940 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
5941 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5942 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5943 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5944 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5945 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5946 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5948 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
5949 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5950 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5951 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5952 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5953 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5954 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5955 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5956 static bool is_c_family (void);
5957 static bool is_cxx (void);
5958 static bool is_java (void);
5959 static bool is_fortran (void);
5960 static bool is_ada (void);
5961 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5962 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
5963 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5964 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5965 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
5966 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5967 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5968 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5969 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
5970 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5971 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5972 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5973 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5974 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
5975 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5976 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
);
5977 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5978 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
5979 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5980 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5981 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
5982 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5983 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5984 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5985 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5986 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5987 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5988 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
5989 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5990 struct checksum_attributes
;
5991 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
5992 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5993 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5994 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
5995 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
5996 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
5997 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
5998 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
5999 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6000 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6001 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6002 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6003 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6004 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6005 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6006 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6007 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6008 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6009 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6010 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6011 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6012 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6013 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6014 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6015 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6017 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6018 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6019 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6020 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6022 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6023 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6024 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6025 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6026 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6027 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6028 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6029 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6030 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6031 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6032 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6033 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6034 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6035 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6036 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6037 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6038 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6039 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6040 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6041 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6042 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6043 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6044 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6045 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6046 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6047 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6048 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6049 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6050 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6051 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6052 static void output_aranges (void);
6053 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6054 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6055 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
6056 static void output_ranges (void);
6057 static void output_line_info (void);
6058 static void output_file_names (void);
6059 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6060 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6061 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6062 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6063 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6064 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6065 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6066 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6067 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6068 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6069 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6070 enum var_init_status
);
6071 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6072 enum var_init_status
);
6073 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6074 enum var_init_status
);
6075 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6076 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6077 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6078 enum var_init_status
);
6079 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6080 enum var_init_status
);
6081 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6082 enum var_init_status
);
6083 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6084 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6085 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6086 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6087 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6088 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6089 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6090 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6091 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6093 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6094 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6095 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6096 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6097 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6098 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
6099 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6100 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6101 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6102 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6103 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6104 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6105 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6106 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6107 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6108 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6109 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6110 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6111 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6112 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6113 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6114 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6115 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6116 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6117 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6118 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6119 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6120 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6121 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6122 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6123 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6125 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6127 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6128 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6130 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6132 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6133 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6134 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6135 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6136 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6137 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6138 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6139 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6140 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6141 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6142 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6143 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6144 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6145 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6146 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6147 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6148 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6149 enum debug_info_usage
);
6150 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6151 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6152 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6153 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6154 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6155 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6156 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6157 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6158 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6159 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6160 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6161 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6162 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6163 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6164 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6165 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6166 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6167 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6168 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6169 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6170 const char *, const char *);
6171 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6172 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6174 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6175 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6176 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6177 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6178 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6179 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6180 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6181 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6182 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6184 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6185 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6186 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6188 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6189 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6191 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6192 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6194 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6195 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6197 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6198 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6200 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6201 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6203 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6204 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6206 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6207 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6209 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6210 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6212 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6213 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6215 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6216 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6218 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6219 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6222 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6223 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6224 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6227 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6228 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6229 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6230 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6233 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6234 the section names themselves. */
6236 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6237 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6239 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6240 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6242 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6243 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6245 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6246 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6248 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6249 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6251 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6252 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6254 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6255 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6257 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6258 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6261 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6262 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6263 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6264 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6265 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6267 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6268 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6269 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6270 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6271 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6272 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6273 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6274 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6275 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6276 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6278 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6279 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6281 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6282 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6284 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6285 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6287 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6288 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6290 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6291 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6293 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6294 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6298 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6299 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6301 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6304 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6306 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6309 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6312 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6314 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6315 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6316 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6319 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6323 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6325 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6327 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6328 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6329 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6330 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6332 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6333 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6334 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6339 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6342 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6344 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6346 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6347 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6350 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6353 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6357 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6358 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6359 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6360 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6361 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6362 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6363 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6364 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6365 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6366 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6367 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6368 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6369 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6370 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6372 return "DW_TAG_label";
6373 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6374 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6376 return "DW_TAG_member";
6377 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6378 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6379 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6380 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6381 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6382 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6383 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6384 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6385 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6386 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6387 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6388 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6389 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6390 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6391 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6392 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6393 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6394 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6395 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6396 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6397 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6398 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6399 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6400 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6401 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6402 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6403 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6404 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6406 return "DW_TAG_module";
6407 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6408 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6409 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6410 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6411 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6412 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6413 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6414 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6415 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6416 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6417 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6418 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6419 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6420 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6421 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6422 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6423 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6424 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6425 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6426 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6427 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6428 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6430 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6431 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6432 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6433 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6434 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6435 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6436 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6437 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6438 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6439 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6440 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6441 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6442 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6443 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6444 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6445 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6446 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6447 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6448 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6449 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6450 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6451 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6452 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6453 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6454 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6455 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6456 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6457 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6458 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6459 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6460 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6461 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6462 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6463 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6464 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6465 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6466 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6467 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6468 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6469 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6470 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6471 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6472 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6473 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6474 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6475 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6476 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6477 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6478 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6479 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6480 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6481 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6482 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6483 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6484 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6485 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6486 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6487 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6488 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6489 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6490 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6491 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6492 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6493 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6494 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6495 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6496 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6498 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6502 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6505 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6510 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6511 case DW_AT_location
:
6512 return "DW_AT_location";
6514 return "DW_AT_name";
6515 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6516 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6517 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6518 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6519 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6520 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6521 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6522 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6523 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6524 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6525 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6526 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6527 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6528 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6530 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6532 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6533 case DW_AT_language
:
6534 return "DW_AT_language";
6536 return "DW_AT_member";
6538 return "DW_AT_discr";
6539 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6540 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6541 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6542 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6544 return "DW_AT_import";
6545 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6546 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6547 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6548 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6549 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6550 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6551 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6552 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6553 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6554 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6555 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6556 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6558 return "DW_AT_inline";
6559 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6560 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6561 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6562 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6563 case DW_AT_producer
:
6564 return "DW_AT_producer";
6565 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6566 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6567 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6568 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6569 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6570 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6571 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6572 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6573 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6574 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6575 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6576 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6577 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6578 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6579 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6580 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6581 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6582 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6583 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6584 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6585 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6586 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6588 return "DW_AT_count";
6589 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6590 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6591 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6592 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6593 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6594 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6595 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6596 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6597 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6598 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6599 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6600 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6601 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6602 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6603 case DW_AT_external
:
6604 return "DW_AT_external";
6605 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6606 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6607 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
6608 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6610 return "DW_AT_friend";
6611 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
6612 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6613 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
6614 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6615 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
6616 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6617 case DW_AT_priority
:
6618 return "DW_AT_priority";
6620 return "DW_AT_segment";
6621 case DW_AT_specification
:
6622 return "DW_AT_specification";
6623 case DW_AT_static_link
:
6624 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6626 return "DW_AT_type";
6627 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6628 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6629 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6630 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6631 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6632 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6633 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6634 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6636 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6637 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6638 case DW_AT_associated
:
6639 return "DW_AT_associated";
6640 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6641 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6642 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6643 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6644 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
6645 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6646 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6647 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6648 case DW_AT_extension
:
6649 return "DW_AT_extension";
6651 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6652 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
6653 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6654 case DW_AT_call_column
:
6655 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6656 case DW_AT_call_file
:
6657 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6658 case DW_AT_call_line
:
6659 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6661 case DW_AT_signature
:
6662 return "DW_AT_signature";
6663 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
6664 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6665 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
6666 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6667 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
6668 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6669 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
6670 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6671 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
6672 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6674 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
6675 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6676 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
6677 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6678 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
6679 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6680 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
6681 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6682 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
6683 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6684 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
6685 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6686 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
6687 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6688 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
6689 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6690 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
6691 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6692 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
6693 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6694 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
6695 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6697 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
6698 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6699 case DW_AT_src_info
:
6700 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6701 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
6702 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6703 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
6704 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6705 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
6706 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6707 case DW_AT_body_end
:
6708 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6709 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
6710 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6711 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
6712 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6713 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
6714 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6715 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
6716 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6717 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
6718 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6719 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
6720 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6721 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
6722 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6723 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
6724 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6725 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
6726 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6727 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
6728 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6730 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
6731 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6734 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6738 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6741 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
6746 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6747 case DW_FORM_block2
:
6748 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6749 case DW_FORM_block4
:
6750 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6752 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6754 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6756 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6757 case DW_FORM_string
:
6758 return "DW_FORM_string";
6760 return "DW_FORM_block";
6761 case DW_FORM_block1
:
6762 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6764 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6766 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6768 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6770 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6772 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6773 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
6774 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6776 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6778 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6780 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6782 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6783 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
6784 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6785 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
6786 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6787 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
6788 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6789 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
6790 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6791 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
6792 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6793 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
6794 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6796 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6800 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6801 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6802 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6803 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6807 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
6809 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
6812 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6813 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6814 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6815 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
6818 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6819 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6820 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
6822 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
6825 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6826 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6830 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
6832 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
6834 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
6835 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
6837 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6838 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
6840 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
6841 context
= NULL_TREE
;
6846 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6849 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
6851 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6855 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
6856 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
6857 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
6860 static inline enum dw_val_class
6861 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
6863 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
6866 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6869 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
6873 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6874 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
6875 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
6876 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6879 static inline unsigned
6880 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
6882 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
6883 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
6886 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6889 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
6893 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6894 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
6895 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
6896 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6899 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6900 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
6902 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
6903 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
6906 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6909 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6910 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
6914 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6915 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
6916 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
6917 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6920 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6921 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
6923 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
6924 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
6927 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6930 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6931 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
6935 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6936 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
6937 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
6938 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
6939 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6942 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6945 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6946 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
6950 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6951 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
6952 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
6953 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
6954 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
6955 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6958 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6961 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6962 unsigned char data8
[8])
6966 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6967 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
6968 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
6969 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6972 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6975 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
6977 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
6981 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
6983 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
6984 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
6987 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
6989 static struct indirect_string_node
*
6990 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
6992 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
6995 if (! debug_str_hash
)
6996 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
6997 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
6999 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7000 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7003 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
7004 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
7005 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7009 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7015 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7018 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7021 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7023 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7025 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7026 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7027 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7028 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7031 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7032 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7035 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7042 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7043 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7044 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7047 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7048 debug string STR. */
7051 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7053 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7055 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7057 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7059 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7062 static inline const char *
7063 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7065 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7066 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7069 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7070 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7072 static enum dwarf_form
7073 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7075 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7078 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7080 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7084 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7086 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7087 always better to put it inline. */
7088 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7089 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7091 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7092 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7094 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7095 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7096 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7097 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7099 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7101 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7104 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7107 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7111 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7112 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7113 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7114 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7115 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7118 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7119 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7122 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7124 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7125 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7126 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7129 static inline dw_die_ref
7130 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7132 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7133 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7137 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7139 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7140 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7146 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7148 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7149 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7152 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7155 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7159 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7160 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7161 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7162 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7165 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7168 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7172 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7173 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7174 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7175 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7178 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7179 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7181 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7182 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7186 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7190 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7191 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7192 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7193 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7194 have_location_lists
= true;
7197 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7198 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7200 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7201 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7204 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7205 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7207 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7208 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7211 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7214 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7218 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7219 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7220 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7221 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7224 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7227 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7229 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7230 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7233 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7236 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7237 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7241 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7242 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7243 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7244 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7247 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7249 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7250 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7252 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7253 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7256 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7259 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7263 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7264 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7265 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7266 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7269 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7270 debug_line section. */
7273 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7278 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7279 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7280 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7281 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7284 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7285 debug_macinfo section. */
7288 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7293 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7294 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7295 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7296 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7299 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7302 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7303 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7307 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7308 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7309 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7310 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7313 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7316 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7317 long unsigned int offset
)
7321 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7322 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7323 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7324 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7327 static inline const char *
7328 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7330 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7331 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7332 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7333 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7336 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7339 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7343 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7348 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7349 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7351 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7352 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7356 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7361 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7362 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7363 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7365 static inline const char *
7366 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7368 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7370 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7373 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7374 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7375 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7377 static inline const char *
7378 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7380 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7382 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7385 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7386 NULL if it is not present. */
7388 static inline const char *
7389 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7391 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7393 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7396 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7397 if it is not present. */
7400 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7402 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7404 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7407 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7408 if it is not present. */
7410 static inline unsigned
7411 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7413 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7415 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7418 static inline dw_die_ref
7419 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7421 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7423 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7426 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7427 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7429 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7431 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7434 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7439 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7441 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
7442 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
7443 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
7446 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7451 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7453 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7456 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7461 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7463 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7464 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7465 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7468 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7473 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7475 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
7478 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7483 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7485 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7488 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7491 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7499 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7500 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7502 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7503 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7504 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7506 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7508 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7513 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7514 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7517 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7519 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7520 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7523 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7527 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7528 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7529 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7532 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7533 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7536 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7538 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7540 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7541 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7543 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7544 if (prev
== old_child
)
7546 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7547 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7551 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7552 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7554 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7555 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
7558 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7561 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
7564 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
7565 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
7566 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
7569 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7573 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
7579 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7581 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
7583 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7584 /* Might have removed every child. */
7585 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
7589 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7592 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7595 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
7597 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7598 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
7600 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
7602 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
7605 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
7606 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7609 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7610 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
7613 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7614 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7615 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7618 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
7622 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7623 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7624 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
7626 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
7632 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
7633 || (child
->die_parent
7634 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
7636 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
7637 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
7639 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
7643 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
7646 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7648 static inline dw_die_ref
7649 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
7651 dw_die_ref die
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
7653 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
7655 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
7656 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
7659 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
7661 limbo_node
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
7662 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
7663 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
7664 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
7665 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
7671 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7673 static inline dw_die_ref
7674 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
7676 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
7679 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7682 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
7684 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
7687 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7690 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
7692 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
7695 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7698 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7700 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7703 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7705 static inline dw_die_ref
7706 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
7708 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7711 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7714 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
7716 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
7719 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7723 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7725 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7728 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7730 static inline var_loc_list
*
7731 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
7733 if (!decl_loc_table
)
7735 return (var_loc_list
*)
7736 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7739 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7742 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
7744 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7747 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7749 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7752 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7754 static struct var_loc_node
*
7755 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
)
7757 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7760 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
7762 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7765 temp
= GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list
);
7766 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7770 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
7774 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7775 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7776 we have nothing to do. */
7777 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
7778 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
7779 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7780 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
7781 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7782 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
7783 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
7784 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
7786 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7787 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7788 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
7794 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7801 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7802 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7803 the DIE internal representation. */
7804 static int print_indent
;
7806 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7809 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
7811 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
7814 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7817 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
7821 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
7822 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
7825 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7826 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7829 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
7835 print_spaces (outfile
);
7836 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7837 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7838 print_spaces (outfile
);
7839 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
7840 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
7841 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7843 print_spaces (outfile
);
7844 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
7845 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7846 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7849 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7851 print_spaces (outfile
);
7852 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
7854 switch (AT_class (a
))
7856 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7857 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
7859 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7860 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
7862 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7863 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
7865 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7866 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
7867 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
7869 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7870 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
7872 case dw_val_class_const
:
7873 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
7875 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7876 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
7878 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7879 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
7880 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
7881 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
7882 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
7884 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7885 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
7887 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7888 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
7890 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7891 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
7893 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7895 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
7896 print_signature (outfile
,
7897 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7899 else if (dwarf_version
< 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
7900 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
7901 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
7903 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7906 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
7908 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7909 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7910 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7911 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
7913 case dw_val_class_str
:
7914 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
7915 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
7917 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
7919 case dw_val_class_file
:
7920 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
7921 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
7923 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7927 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
7928 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
7935 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7938 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7941 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
7944 if (print_indent
== 0)
7945 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7948 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7949 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7952 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
7955 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
7957 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7958 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
7960 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
7961 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
7962 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
7963 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
7966 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
7969 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7972 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7974 print_die (die
, stderr
);
7977 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7978 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7984 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
7985 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
7986 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
7989 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
7990 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7991 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
7994 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
7996 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7997 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
7999 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8003 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8006 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8008 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8010 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8014 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8015 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8017 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8020 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8024 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8026 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8027 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8030 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8033 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8035 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8038 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8040 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8041 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8042 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8045 switch (AT_class (at
))
8047 case dw_val_class_const
:
8048 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8050 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8051 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8053 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8054 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8056 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8057 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8059 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8060 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8062 case dw_val_class_str
:
8063 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8066 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8068 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8069 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8072 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8073 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8076 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8077 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8078 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8081 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8082 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8085 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8086 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8087 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8088 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8091 case dw_val_class_file
:
8092 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8095 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8096 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8104 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8107 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8113 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8116 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8119 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8121 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8123 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8124 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8126 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8130 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8132 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8133 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8134 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8135 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8136 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8137 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8138 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8140 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8143 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8150 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8152 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8153 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8162 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8165 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8169 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8172 /* More bytes to follow. */
8180 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8181 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8184 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8188 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8190 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8191 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8192 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8195 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8197 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8201 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8202 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8204 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8205 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8207 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8210 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8213 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8215 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8216 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8217 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8219 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8220 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8224 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8227 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8228 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8229 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8230 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8234 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8237 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8238 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8240 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8243 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8245 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8247 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8248 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8249 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8250 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8251 is complete or not. */
8252 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8253 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8254 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8255 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8256 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8257 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8259 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8261 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
8263 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8267 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8268 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8269 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8270 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8271 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8272 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8277 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8278 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8279 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8280 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
8282 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8283 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8284 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
8288 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8292 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8293 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8294 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8295 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8296 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8297 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
8302 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8303 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8305 switch (AT_class (at
))
8307 case dw_val_class_const
:
8308 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8309 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8312 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8313 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8314 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8317 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8318 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8319 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
8320 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8323 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8324 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8325 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
8326 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8329 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
8331 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
8334 case dw_val_class_str
:
8335 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8336 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8339 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8341 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8343 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8346 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8347 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8348 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8351 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8352 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8353 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
8356 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8357 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8358 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8359 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8362 case dw_val_class_file
:
8363 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8364 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8367 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8368 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8376 struct checksum_attributes
8378 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
8379 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
8380 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
8381 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
8382 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
8383 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
8384 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
8385 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
8386 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
8387 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
8388 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
8389 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
8390 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
8423 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
8424 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
8427 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8430 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
8435 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8446 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
8448 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
8449 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
8451 case DW_AT_address_class
:
8452 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
8454 case DW_AT_allocated
:
8455 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
8457 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8458 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
8460 case DW_AT_associated
:
8461 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
8463 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
8464 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
8466 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
8467 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
8469 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
8470 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
8472 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
8473 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
8475 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8476 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
8478 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
8479 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
8481 case DW_AT_const_value
:
8482 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
8484 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8485 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
8488 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
8490 case DW_AT_data_location
:
8491 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
8493 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
8494 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
8496 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
8497 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
8499 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
8500 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
8502 case DW_AT_default_value
:
8503 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
8505 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
8506 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
8509 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
8511 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
8512 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
8514 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
8515 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
8517 case DW_AT_encoding
:
8518 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
8520 case DW_AT_endianity
:
8521 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
8523 case DW_AT_explicit
:
8524 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
8526 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
8527 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
8529 case DW_AT_location
:
8530 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
8532 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
8533 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
8536 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
8538 case DW_AT_ordering
:
8539 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
8541 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
8542 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
8544 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
8545 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
8548 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
8551 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
8553 case DW_AT_string_length
:
8554 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
8556 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
8557 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
8559 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
8560 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
8562 case DW_AT_use_location
:
8563 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
8565 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
8566 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
8568 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
8569 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
8571 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8572 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
8574 case DW_AT_visibility
:
8575 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
8577 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
8578 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
8586 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8589 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8593 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
8595 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8596 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
8598 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
8600 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8602 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
8603 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
8605 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
8606 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
8607 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
8608 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
8609 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
8610 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
8611 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
8612 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
8613 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
8614 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
8615 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
8616 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
8650 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
8651 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
8653 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8656 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
8659 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
8660 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8661 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
8663 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8664 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
8665 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8669 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8670 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
8672 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
8674 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8676 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8680 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8681 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8682 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8683 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8685 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8686 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8687 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8688 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8689 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8690 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8691 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8694 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
8698 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8702 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8703 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8705 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8706 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8707 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8709 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
8711 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8713 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8714 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8715 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8717 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
8718 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
8719 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8721 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
8724 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8726 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8728 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
8730 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8731 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8732 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8734 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8735 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8736 unmark_all_dies (die
);
8737 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8739 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8740 type node together. */
8741 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
8742 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
8743 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8744 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
8746 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8749 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8752 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8754 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
8756 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
8757 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
8758 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
8761 /* Do the values look the same? */
8763 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
8765 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
8768 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
8771 switch (v1
->val_class
)
8773 case dw_val_class_const
:
8774 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
8775 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8776 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
8777 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8778 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
8779 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
8780 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8781 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
8782 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
8784 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
8785 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
8788 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8789 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
8790 case dw_val_class_str
:
8791 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
8793 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8794 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
8795 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
8796 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
8798 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
8800 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8801 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
8803 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8804 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
8806 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
8807 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
8809 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
8811 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8812 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
8814 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8815 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8816 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8817 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8820 case dw_val_class_file
:
8821 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
8823 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8824 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
8831 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8834 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
8836 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
8839 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8840 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8841 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8844 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
8847 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8850 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
8856 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8858 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
8859 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8861 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
8864 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
8865 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
8868 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
8869 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
8872 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
8873 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
8882 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
8886 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
8888 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
8898 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8901 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
8904 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
8906 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
8907 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
8912 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8914 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
8916 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8917 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
8919 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8920 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8923 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
8925 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8926 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
8927 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
8930 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8933 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8934 the name filename of the unit. */
8936 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8938 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8939 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
8940 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8942 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
8943 clean_symbol_name (name
);
8945 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
8946 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
8948 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
8952 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
8953 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
8956 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8959 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8961 switch (die
->die_tag
)
8963 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
8964 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
8965 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
8966 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
8967 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
8968 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
8969 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
8970 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
8971 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
8972 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
8973 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
8974 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
8975 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
8976 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
8977 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
8978 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
8979 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
8980 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
8981 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
8988 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
8989 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
8990 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
8991 compilations (functions). */
8994 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
8996 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
8997 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
8998 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
8999 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9001 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9004 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9005 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9006 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9007 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9009 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9011 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9014 return is_type_die (c
);
9017 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9018 compilation unit. */
9021 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9023 return (is_type_die (c
)
9024 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9025 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9026 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9030 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9034 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9035 return xstrdup (buf
);
9038 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9041 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9045 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9047 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9049 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9051 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9052 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9053 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9056 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9059 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9062 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9065 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9066 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9069 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9071 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9073 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9074 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9076 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9080 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9082 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9083 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9084 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9086 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9090 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9092 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9093 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9103 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9106 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9108 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9109 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9111 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9113 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9114 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9118 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9120 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9126 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9130 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9132 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9133 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9139 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9141 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9143 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9145 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9146 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9150 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9153 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9154 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9155 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9158 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9161 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9162 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9163 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9167 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9169 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9170 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9172 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9174 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9175 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9177 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9178 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9179 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9180 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9182 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9184 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9187 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9190 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9191 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9195 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9196 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9197 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9203 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9204 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9205 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9206 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9208 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9211 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9212 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9213 comdat_symbol_number
);
9216 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9219 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9222 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9227 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9228 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9234 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9235 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9238 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
9240 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9242 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9243 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9244 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9245 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9246 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9247 if (is_declaration_die (die
) || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
9250 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9251 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9252 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9253 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9254 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9255 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9256 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9257 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9258 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9259 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9260 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9261 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9262 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9263 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9264 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9270 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9273 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9279 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9280 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9282 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9283 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9288 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9291 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
9294 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
9296 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
9301 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9304 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
9311 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9312 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
9313 return clone_die (die
);
9315 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9316 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9318 return clone_die (decl
);
9320 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9321 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9323 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9325 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9326 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9327 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9331 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9332 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9333 case DW_AT_external
:
9336 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9337 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
9338 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9340 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9346 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
9347 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
9349 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9353 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9354 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9355 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9356 attached to the specification. */
9359 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
9362 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
9364 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9373 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9374 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9375 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9377 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9379 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9381 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
9382 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
9383 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
9384 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
9387 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
9390 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
9391 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9392 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9394 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
9395 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
9397 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
9398 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
9403 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9404 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9407 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
9409 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
9412 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
9414 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
9416 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
9417 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
9421 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9422 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9423 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9426 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
9428 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9431 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9432 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9434 node
.parent
= parent
;
9436 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
9440 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9443 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9445 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9446 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
9448 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9449 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9450 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9451 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
9452 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
9454 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
9455 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
9456 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
9460 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9461 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9464 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9467 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
9469 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9472 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9475 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9476 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9477 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
9478 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9480 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9481 return node
.new_die
;
9484 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9485 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9486 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9487 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9488 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9489 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9492 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
9494 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
9496 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
9497 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
9498 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
9501 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9502 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
9508 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9509 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9512 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
9516 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9517 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9518 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9520 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
9524 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9527 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9528 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
9530 dw_die_ref replacement
;
9531 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
9533 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9534 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9535 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
9536 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
9537 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
));
9538 type_node
= GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node
);
9539 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
9540 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
9541 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
9543 /* Generate the type signature. */
9544 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
9546 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9547 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9548 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
9550 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9551 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
9553 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9554 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9556 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9557 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9559 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
9562 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9563 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
9564 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
9565 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
9567 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9568 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9570 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9573 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9575 struct decl_table_entry
9581 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9584 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
9586 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
9587 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
9589 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
9593 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9595 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9596 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
9597 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9599 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
9603 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
9605 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
9610 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9611 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9612 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9613 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9616 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9618 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
9619 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
9622 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
9626 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9627 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
9628 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
9629 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9631 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9635 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9636 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9644 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
9647 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9648 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9649 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9652 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9653 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
9655 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
9657 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9659 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9666 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9667 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9671 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9677 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9679 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9681 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
9682 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9684 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
9686 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
9689 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
9690 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
9692 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9694 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9695 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9696 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9697 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
9701 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
9702 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
9704 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9708 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9709 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9710 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9711 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9712 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9717 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9718 into the new type unit. */
9719 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
9720 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9721 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9722 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
9725 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
9726 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
9728 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9729 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9730 get visited otherwise. */
9732 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9737 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
9740 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9741 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9742 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9743 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9744 don't have an external reference. */
9747 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
9752 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
9753 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
9754 htab_delete (decl_table
);
9758 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9759 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9760 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9763 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
9767 if (! die
->die_child
)
9770 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
9771 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
9773 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
9776 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9779 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
9785 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9786 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
9787 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
9789 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
9792 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9793 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9794 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9795 die are visited recursively. */
9798 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
9800 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
9801 unsigned int n_alloc
;
9806 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9807 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9808 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9809 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9810 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
9812 gcc_assert (dwarf_version
>= 4 || AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9813 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
9816 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
9818 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
9819 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
9823 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
9825 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
9828 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
9829 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
9832 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
9834 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
9835 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
9836 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
9846 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
9848 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
9850 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9851 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
9854 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
9855 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
9856 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
9859 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
9860 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
9863 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9864 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
9867 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9870 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
9877 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
9880 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
9885 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9886 .debug_info section. */
9888 static unsigned long
9889 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9891 unsigned long size
= 0;
9895 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
9896 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9898 switch (AT_class (a
))
9900 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9901 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9903 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9904 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9906 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9908 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
9911 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
9915 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9916 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9918 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9919 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9921 case dw_val_class_const
:
9922 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
9924 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9925 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
9927 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9928 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
9929 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
9932 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9933 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9934 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9935 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9936 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
9938 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9941 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9942 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9944 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9945 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9946 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9947 it's always sized as an offset. */
9948 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9949 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
9950 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
9951 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9953 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9956 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9958 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9959 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9961 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9962 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9964 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9965 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9966 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9968 case dw_val_class_str
:
9969 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
9970 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9972 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
9974 case dw_val_class_file
:
9975 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
9977 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9988 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
9989 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9990 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9991 die_offset field in each DIE. */
9994 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
9998 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
9999 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10001 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10003 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10004 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10005 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10008 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10009 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10010 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10011 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10014 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10018 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10021 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10024 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10027 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10031 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
10032 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10035 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10038 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10041 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10047 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10051 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10053 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10054 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10055 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10058 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10059 generated for the compilation unit. */
10061 static unsigned long
10062 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10064 unsigned long size
;
10068 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10069 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
10070 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10071 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10072 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10073 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10075 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10079 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10081 static unsigned long
10082 size_of_aranges (void)
10084 unsigned long size
;
10086 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10088 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10089 if (text_section_used
)
10090 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10091 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10092 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10093 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
10095 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10096 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10100 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10102 static enum dwarf_form
10103 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10105 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10107 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10108 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10109 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10112 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10113 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10114 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10115 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10119 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10122 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10124 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10126 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10128 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10130 gcc_unreachable ();
10132 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10133 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10134 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10135 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10138 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10140 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10142 gcc_unreachable ();
10144 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10145 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10148 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10150 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10152 gcc_unreachable ();
10154 case dw_val_class_const
:
10155 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10156 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10157 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10160 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10162 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10164 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10166 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10168 gcc_unreachable ();
10170 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10171 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10174 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10176 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10178 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10181 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10183 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10184 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10185 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10188 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10190 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10192 return DW_FORM_block4
;
10194 gcc_unreachable ();
10196 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10197 return DW_FORM_flag
;
10198 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10199 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10200 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
10202 return DW_FORM_ref
;
10203 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10204 return DW_FORM_data
;
10205 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10206 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10207 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10208 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10209 return DW_FORM_data
;
10210 case dw_val_class_str
:
10211 return AT_string_form (a
);
10212 case dw_val_class_file
:
10213 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
10216 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10218 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10220 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10222 gcc_unreachable ();
10225 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10226 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10229 gcc_unreachable ();
10233 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10236 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10238 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
10240 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
10243 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10247 output_abbrev_section (void)
10249 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10251 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10253 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10255 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
10257 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
10258 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
10259 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
10261 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10262 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10264 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10266 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
10269 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10270 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10271 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10274 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10275 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10278 /* Terminate the table. */
10279 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10282 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10285 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
10287 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10292 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
10293 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10294 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10296 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10298 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10301 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10304 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10305 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
10306 const char *section
)
10308 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node
);
10310 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
10311 retlist
->end
= end
;
10312 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
10313 retlist
->section
= section
;
10318 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10319 hasn't got one yet. */
10322 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10324 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10325 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10328 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10331 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10333 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
10335 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10337 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10338 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10340 unsigned long size
;
10341 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10342 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
10344 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10346 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10347 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10348 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10349 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10350 "Location list end address (%s)",
10351 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10355 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10356 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10357 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10358 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10359 "Location list end address (%s)",
10360 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10362 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10364 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10365 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10366 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
10368 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
10371 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10372 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10373 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10374 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10375 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10376 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10379 /* Output a type signature. */
10382 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10386 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10387 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10390 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10391 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10394 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10398 unsigned long size
;
10401 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10402 them to point to. */
10403 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
10404 output_die_symbol (die
);
10406 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10407 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10408 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10410 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10412 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10414 switch (AT_class (a
))
10416 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10417 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10420 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10421 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10425 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10427 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10429 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10430 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
10431 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10432 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10437 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10438 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10440 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10441 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10443 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
10446 case dw_val_class_const
:
10447 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10448 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10449 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10450 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10453 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10454 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
10455 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10458 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10460 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10462 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10463 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10464 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10465 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10468 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10470 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10471 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10475 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10476 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10479 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10481 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10486 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10488 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10489 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10493 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10494 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10495 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10500 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10502 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10503 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10504 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10508 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10509 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
10512 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10514 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
10517 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10522 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10523 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10525 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10527 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
10528 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10530 gcc_assert (type_node
);
10531 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
10535 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10539 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10540 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10542 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10543 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10545 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10546 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
10552 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
10553 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10558 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10562 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
10563 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
10564 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
10569 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10570 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
10573 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10574 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10575 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
10578 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10579 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10580 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
10583 case dw_val_class_str
:
10584 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10585 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10586 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10588 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10590 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
10593 case dw_val_class_file
:
10595 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10597 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
10598 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10602 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10606 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
10607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
10608 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10613 gcc_unreachable ();
10617 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
10619 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10620 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10621 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10622 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
10625 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10626 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10629 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10631 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
10633 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
10634 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
10635 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
10638 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10639 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10640 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10641 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10642 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
10643 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10644 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
10645 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
10646 debug_abbrev_section
,
10647 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10648 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10651 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10654 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
10656 const char *secname
;
10657 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
10659 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10660 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
10663 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10664 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10665 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10666 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10667 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10670 build_abbrev_table (die
);
10672 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10673 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10674 calc_die_sizes (die
);
10676 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10679 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
10681 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
10683 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
10684 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10687 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
10689 /* Output debugging information. */
10690 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10693 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10694 output_pubnames. */
10698 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
10702 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10705 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
10707 const char *secname
;
10710 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10714 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10715 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10717 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
10719 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10720 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10721 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
10723 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10724 secname
= ".debug_types";
10725 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10726 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
10727 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10728 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10729 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
10730 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
10731 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
10734 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10735 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10736 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10737 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10739 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10742 /* Output debugging information. */
10743 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10744 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
10745 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
10746 "Offset to Type DIE");
10747 output_die (node
->root_die
);
10749 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10752 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10754 static const char *
10755 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
10757 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
10760 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10763 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
10768 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
10769 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
10773 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10775 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10777 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10779 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
10783 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10786 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10791 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10792 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
10793 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
10798 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
10800 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10801 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
10802 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
10803 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
10804 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
10806 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
10811 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10813 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
10816 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10817 it to the table. */
10818 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
10819 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
10823 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10824 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10827 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10830 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
10833 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10834 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10835 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10836 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10837 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10838 "Length of Public Names Info");
10840 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10841 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10842 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10843 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10844 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10845 debug_info_section
,
10846 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10847 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
10848 "Compilation Unit Length");
10850 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
10852 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10853 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10854 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
10856 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10857 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10858 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10860 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
10863 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
10867 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10870 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10873 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10875 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10878 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
10880 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10881 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
10882 arange_table_allocated
);
10883 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
10884 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10887 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
10890 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10891 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10892 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10895 output_aranges (void)
10898 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
10900 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10901 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10902 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10903 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
10904 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10905 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10906 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10907 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10908 debug_info_section
,
10909 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10910 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
10911 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10913 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10914 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
10916 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10919 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
10920 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
10921 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
10924 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10925 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10926 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10927 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10928 confused with the terminator. */
10929 if (text_section_used
)
10931 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
10932 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
10933 text_section_label
, "Length");
10935 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10937 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
10939 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
10940 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
10943 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
10945 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
10947 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10948 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10950 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10952 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
10954 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
10955 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
10959 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10960 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10961 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10962 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
10963 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10965 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
10968 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
10970 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
10971 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
10972 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
10973 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
10978 /* Output the terminator words. */
10979 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10980 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10983 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
10986 static unsigned int
10987 add_ranges_num (int num
)
10989 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
10991 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
10993 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10994 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
10995 ranges_table_allocated
);
10996 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
10997 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11000 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11001 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11003 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11006 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11007 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11009 static unsigned int
11010 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11012 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11015 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11018 static unsigned int
11019 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin
, const char *end
)
11021 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11023 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11025 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11026 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11028 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11029 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11030 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11031 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11034 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11035 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11036 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11038 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11042 output_ranges (void)
11045 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
11046 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11048 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11050 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11054 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11055 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11057 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11058 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11060 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11061 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11062 base of the text section. */
11063 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11065 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11066 text_section_label
,
11067 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11068 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11069 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11072 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11073 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11074 about whether the target supports cross-section
11078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11079 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11080 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11086 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11087 else if (block_num
< 0)
11089 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11091 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11093 gcc_unreachable ();
11095 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11096 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11097 the #if 0 above. */
11098 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11099 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11100 text_section_label
,
11101 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11102 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11103 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11104 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11109 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11110 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11111 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11112 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11113 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11119 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11120 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11126 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11129 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11130 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11131 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11132 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11133 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11136 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11140 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11141 int length
; /* Path length. */
11142 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11143 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11144 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11147 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11148 the directories in the path. */
11151 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11153 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11154 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11155 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11156 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11158 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11159 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11160 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11161 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11162 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11163 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11164 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11166 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11167 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11173 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11174 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11175 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11176 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
11177 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
11179 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11180 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
11181 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
11185 struct file_name_acquire_data
11187 struct file_info
*files
;
11192 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11195 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
11197 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
11198 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
11199 struct file_info
*fi
;
11202 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
11204 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
11207 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
11209 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
11211 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11213 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
11216 /* Create a new array entry. */
11218 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
11221 /* Search for the file name part. */
11222 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
11223 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11225 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
11229 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
11235 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
11239 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11240 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11241 slowdowns with many input files. */
11244 output_file_names (void)
11246 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
11248 struct file_info
*files
;
11249 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
11257 if (!last_emitted_file
)
11259 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11260 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11264 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
11266 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11267 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
11268 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
11270 fnad
.files
= files
;
11271 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
11272 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
11273 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
11274 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
11276 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
11278 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11279 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
11280 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
11281 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
11283 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11284 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11287 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11288 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
11289 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
11290 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
11292 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11293 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
11294 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
11300 /* This is a new directory. */
11301 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
11302 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
11303 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
11304 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11305 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11307 /* Search for a prefix. */
11308 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
11309 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11310 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
11311 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
11312 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
11313 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
11314 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
11315 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
11320 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11321 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11322 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11323 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11324 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11325 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11326 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11327 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11329 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
11330 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11335 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11336 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11337 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11338 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
11340 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11343 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
11345 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11349 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
11350 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
11351 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
11355 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11356 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11358 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11359 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
11364 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11366 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
11368 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11369 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11370 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
11372 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11373 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
11375 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11376 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
11381 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11382 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
11383 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11384 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
11386 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
11387 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i
+ idx_offset
);
11389 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11391 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11392 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11393 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11394 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
11395 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11396 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
11398 /* Now write all the file names. */
11399 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11401 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
11402 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
11404 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11405 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11407 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11408 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11413 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
11414 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
11415 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
11416 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
11418 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
11419 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
11420 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
11422 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11423 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11425 /* Include directory index. */
11426 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11428 /* Modification time. */
11429 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11430 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11434 /* File length in bytes. */
11435 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11436 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
11440 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
11441 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11443 /* Include directory index. */
11444 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11446 /* Modification time. */
11447 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11449 /* File length in bytes. */
11450 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11454 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11458 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11459 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11462 output_line_info (void)
11464 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
11465 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11466 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11468 unsigned n_op_args
;
11469 unsigned long lt_index
;
11470 unsigned long current_line
;
11473 unsigned long current_file
;
11474 unsigned long function
;
11475 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11477 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
11478 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
11479 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
11483 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
11484 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
11485 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
11486 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
11488 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11489 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11490 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11491 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11492 "Length of Source Line Info");
11493 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
11495 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
11496 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
11497 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
11499 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11500 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11501 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11502 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11503 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11504 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11505 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11506 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11507 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11508 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11510 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
11511 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11512 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
11513 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11514 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
11515 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11516 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
11517 "Special Opcode Base");
11519 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
11523 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
11524 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
11525 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
11526 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
11527 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
11535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11539 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11540 output_file_names ();
11541 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
11543 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11544 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11545 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11547 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11548 a series of state machine operations. */
11552 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
11553 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
11555 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
11556 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
11558 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11561 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11562 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11565 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11566 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11567 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11568 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11569 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
11573 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11575 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11576 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11577 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11578 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11579 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11580 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11582 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
11585 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11586 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11587 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11588 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11592 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11593 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11595 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11596 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11597 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11600 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11602 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11603 different from the previous line. */
11604 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11606 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11608 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11611 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11612 that uses the least amount of space. */
11613 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11615 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11616 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11617 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11618 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11619 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11620 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11622 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11623 "line %lu", current_line
);
11626 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11627 depending on the value being encoded. */
11628 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11629 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11630 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11635 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11636 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11639 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11642 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11643 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11644 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11648 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11649 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11651 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
11654 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11655 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11656 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11661 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
11663 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11664 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11667 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11668 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11669 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
11670 && line_info
->function
== function
)
11674 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11675 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11676 to handle it differently. */
11677 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11679 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
11681 function
= line_info
->function
;
11683 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11684 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11685 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11686 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11687 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11691 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11695 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11696 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11700 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11701 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11703 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11707 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11709 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11710 different from the previous line. */
11711 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11713 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11714 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11715 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11718 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11719 that uses the least amount of space. */
11720 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11722 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11723 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11724 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11725 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11726 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11727 "line %lu", current_line
);
11730 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11731 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11732 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11733 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11737 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11745 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11746 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
11747 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
11752 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11753 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
11756 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11757 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11758 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11762 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11763 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11764 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11765 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11768 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11769 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11770 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11771 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11775 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11776 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
11779 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11781 static unsigned long
11782 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11784 unsigned long size
;
11787 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11789 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11790 size
= 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
11792 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11793 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11795 gcc_assert (p
->targ_die
!= NULL
);
11796 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11797 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11799 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11800 gcc_assert (poc_die
);
11801 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11803 size
+= (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11804 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
));
11806 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
);
11812 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11813 identical function have been merged. */
11816 output_dcall_table (void)
11819 unsigned long dcall_length
= size_of_dcall_table ();
11821 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11822 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11824 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11825 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11826 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11827 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, dcall_length
,
11828 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11829 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11830 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11831 debug_info_section
,
11832 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11835 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11837 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11838 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11840 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11841 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11844 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, "New caller");
11845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
,
11846 "Caller DIE offset");
11849 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11850 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11851 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
,
11852 "Callee DIE offset");
11856 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11858 static unsigned long
11859 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11861 unsigned long size
;
11865 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11868 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11869 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11870 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
);
11875 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11876 identical function have been merged. */
11879 output_vcall_table (void)
11882 unsigned long vcall_length
= size_of_vcall_table ();
11884 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11886 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11887 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11888 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11889 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, vcall_length
,
11890 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11891 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11892 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11894 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11896 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11897 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11898 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
, "Vtable slot");
11902 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11903 a DIE that describes the given type.
11905 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11906 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11909 base_type_die (tree type
)
11911 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
11912 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
11914 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
11917 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11918 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11919 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11920 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11922 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11925 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
11927 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11928 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
11930 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
11932 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11933 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
11935 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
11939 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
11941 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
11942 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
11944 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11947 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
11950 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
11951 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
11952 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11953 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11954 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
11956 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
11959 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11960 a user defined type for it. */
11962 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
11963 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
11965 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11969 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
11970 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
11974 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
11975 gcc_unreachable ();
11978 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
11980 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
11981 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
11982 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
11984 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
11985 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
11986 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
11988 return base_type_result
;
11991 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
11992 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
11995 is_base_type (tree type
)
11997 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12003 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12011 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12012 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12013 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12016 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12023 gcc_unreachable ();
12029 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12030 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12031 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12032 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12033 ERROR_MARK node. */
12035 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12036 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12038 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12039 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12040 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12042 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12043 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12045 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12048 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12049 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12052 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12054 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12055 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12057 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12058 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12060 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12062 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12064 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12065 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12066 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12070 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12072 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12074 return subrange_die
;
12077 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12078 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12081 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12082 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12084 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12085 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12086 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12087 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12088 tree qualified_type
;
12089 tree name
, low
, high
;
12091 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12094 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12097 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12098 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12099 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12101 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12102 if (qualified_type
)
12104 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12106 return mod_type_die
;
12109 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12111 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12112 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
12114 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12116 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12118 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12119 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12120 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12122 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12123 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12124 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12125 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12126 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12127 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12128 type to which it refers. */
12129 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12130 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12132 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12137 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12138 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12140 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12142 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12143 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12145 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12147 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12148 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12149 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12150 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12151 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12152 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12153 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12155 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12157 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12158 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12159 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12160 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12161 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12162 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12163 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12165 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12166 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12167 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12169 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12170 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12172 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12173 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12176 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12178 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12179 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12180 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12181 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12182 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12184 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12185 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12187 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12188 not the main variant. */
12189 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12192 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12193 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12194 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12195 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12196 if the base type already has the same name. */
12198 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12199 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12200 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12201 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12202 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12203 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12205 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12206 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12207 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12208 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12209 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12210 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12213 if (qualified_type
)
12214 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
12217 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12218 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12219 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12220 types are possible in Ada. */
12221 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
12222 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
12223 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
12226 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
12227 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
12229 return mod_type_die
;
12232 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12233 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12234 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12237 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
12241 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
12243 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
12247 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
12248 else if (DECL_P (t
))
12249 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
12253 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
12255 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12256 or function. End of story. */
12259 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
12260 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
12261 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
12263 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
12265 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
12266 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
12267 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
12268 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
12270 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
12272 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12273 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12274 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12275 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12276 an argument pack. */
12277 if (arg_pack_elems
)
12278 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
12282 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
12283 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
12288 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12289 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12290 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12291 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12292 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12294 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12295 as a child node. */
12298 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
12300 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12302 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
12303 const char *name
= NULL
;
12305 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
12308 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12309 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12310 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12312 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12313 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12314 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12315 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12316 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12317 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12318 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12319 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12320 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12321 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12322 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12323 name of the template template argument. */
12324 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
12327 gcc_unreachable ();
12333 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12334 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12335 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12336 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12340 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
12342 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
12345 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12347 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12348 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12349 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12350 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12351 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12352 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
12353 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
12354 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
12359 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12360 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12361 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12363 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12364 to the name of the argument. */
12365 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
12367 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
12370 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12371 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12372 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12373 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12375 We must be careful here:
12376 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12377 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12378 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12379 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12380 emitted after cgraph computations.
12381 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12382 after cgraph is ready. */
12383 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
12389 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12390 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12391 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12394 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
12395 tree parm_pack_args
,
12396 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12401 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
12403 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
12404 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
12405 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
12406 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
12407 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
12408 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12413 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12414 an enumerated type. */
12417 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
12419 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
12422 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12424 static unsigned int
12425 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
12427 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
12429 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
12431 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12432 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12434 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
12435 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12436 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12440 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
12443 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12444 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12445 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12448 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
12450 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
12452 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
12454 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12455 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
12458 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
12459 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
12463 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12464 zero if there is none. */
12466 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12467 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12471 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12474 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
12476 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
12477 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
12479 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
12482 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12483 a given hard register number. */
12485 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12486 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12488 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
12492 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
12494 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
12496 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12497 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12499 return reg_loc_descr
;
12502 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12503 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12505 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12506 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
12507 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12509 int nregs
, size
, i
;
12511 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12514 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12515 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12517 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
12518 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12519 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12522 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
12523 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
12525 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12526 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
12528 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
12533 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12535 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
12536 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12537 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12538 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12544 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12546 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
12548 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12551 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
12553 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12555 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
12556 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12557 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12558 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12559 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12562 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12563 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12567 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12569 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12571 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12573 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12574 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12576 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12578 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12579 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12583 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
12584 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12585 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
12586 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12587 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
12588 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12589 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12590 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
12597 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
12598 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12599 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
12600 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12601 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12602 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
12607 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
12611 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12612 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12613 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12615 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12616 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12619 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12621 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
12628 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12630 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12632 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12633 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12636 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
12642 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12644 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12645 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12648 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
12650 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12651 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12652 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12653 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12654 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12655 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
12657 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
12658 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
12659 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
12663 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
12665 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
12666 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
12670 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12672 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12673 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
12674 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12676 unsigned int regno
;
12677 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
12678 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
12680 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12681 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12682 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12683 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12684 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12686 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
12690 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
12692 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
12693 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
12695 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12696 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12697 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
12698 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
12699 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12700 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
12702 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12703 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12704 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12705 access stack variables. */
12706 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
12707 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12710 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
12711 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12712 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
12713 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
12716 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
12717 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12722 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
12723 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
12725 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12726 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12727 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12728 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12729 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12730 else in other part of the routine. */
12731 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12734 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
12736 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
12739 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
12741 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12742 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12747 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12750 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
12752 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
12753 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
12754 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12755 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
12758 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12761 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12762 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
12765 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
12767 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
12770 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
12772 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
12773 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
12776 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
12777 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
12780 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
12781 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
12786 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12790 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
12792 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
12794 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12796 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
12799 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
12800 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
12802 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
12806 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12807 or via for_each_rtx. */
12810 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12814 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
12816 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12817 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12818 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12819 inform (current_function_decl
12820 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
12821 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
12822 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12825 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12826 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12830 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
12833 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
12836 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
12837 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12838 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12841 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12842 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12847 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
12850 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12851 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12852 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12853 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12854 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12855 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
12857 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
12859 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
12861 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12862 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12870 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12871 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12872 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12875 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
12877 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
12878 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
12880 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
12881 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
12886 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12887 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12888 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12889 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12891 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12892 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12893 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12894 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12896 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12897 autoincrement addressing modes.
12899 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12900 location list for RTL.
12902 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12904 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12905 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
12906 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12908 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
12909 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12910 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
12912 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12913 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12914 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12915 zeroth element of the array. */
12917 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
12919 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
12924 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
12927 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12928 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12929 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12930 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12931 contains the given subreg. */
12932 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
12934 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
12935 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12937 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
12939 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
12943 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12944 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12945 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12946 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12947 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12948 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12949 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12950 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12951 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12952 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12953 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12954 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12955 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12956 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12957 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12958 else if (stack_realign_drap
12960 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
12961 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12963 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12964 out, use DRAP instead. */
12965 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
12966 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12972 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
12973 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12978 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12979 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
12980 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
12981 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
12985 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
12986 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12987 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
12988 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12989 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
12994 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
12995 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12996 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
12997 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
12998 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
13000 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13002 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13005 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13006 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13008 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13009 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13010 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13014 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13015 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13016 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13021 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13023 /* ... fall through ... */
13026 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13027 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13031 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13032 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13034 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13036 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13037 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13040 temp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13041 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13042 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13043 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13045 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13046 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13051 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13055 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13056 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13057 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13058 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13064 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13065 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13069 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13070 PLUS code below. */
13071 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13076 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13078 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13079 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13080 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13081 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13083 /* ... fall through ... */
13087 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13088 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13089 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13090 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13093 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13094 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13095 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13098 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13099 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13102 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13103 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13104 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13105 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13107 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13108 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13109 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13114 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13115 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13157 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13158 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13159 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13160 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13162 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13165 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13166 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13167 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13171 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13172 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13173 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13174 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13176 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13179 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13180 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13181 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13182 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13183 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13184 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13185 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
13201 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13202 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13207 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13208 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13212 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13240 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13241 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13245 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13247 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13248 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13249 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13252 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13253 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13254 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13255 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13257 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13260 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13261 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13263 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
13264 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13265 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13266 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13267 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
13269 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13271 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13272 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13275 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13276 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13278 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13279 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13280 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13281 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13282 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13283 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13284 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13285 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13286 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
13287 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13288 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13289 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13290 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13291 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
13292 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13293 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13294 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
13297 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13298 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13299 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13300 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
13303 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13304 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13310 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13311 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13312 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13313 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
13315 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13316 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
13317 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13338 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13339 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13343 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13345 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13346 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13347 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13350 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13351 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13352 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13353 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13355 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13358 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13359 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13361 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
13362 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13364 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13365 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13368 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13369 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13371 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13372 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
13373 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13374 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13375 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13376 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13378 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13379 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13381 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13382 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
13383 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13384 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13385 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13386 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13388 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13389 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13394 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13395 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13396 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13397 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13398 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
13399 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13401 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
13411 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
13412 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13413 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13416 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13417 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13418 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13419 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13421 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13424 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
13425 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13426 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13427 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
13429 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13431 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13432 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13433 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13434 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13435 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13439 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13440 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13441 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13442 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13445 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13447 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13448 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13449 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13450 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13451 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13452 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13453 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13456 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
13460 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13461 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13462 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13464 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
13466 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
13467 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
13468 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13469 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
13470 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
13471 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
13472 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
13478 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13479 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13480 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13481 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13482 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
13483 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13484 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13487 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13488 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13491 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
13495 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13496 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13497 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
13498 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13499 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13501 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13503 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13504 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13506 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13508 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13510 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13511 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
13512 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13522 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13523 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13550 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
13552 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
13555 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
13556 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
13558 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
13569 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13570 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13575 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
13579 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13580 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
13581 gcc_unreachable ();
13587 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13588 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13590 return mem_loc_result
;
13593 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13594 This is typically a complex variable. */
13596 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13597 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13599 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13600 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13601 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13602 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13603 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13605 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
13608 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
13609 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
13611 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
13612 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
13614 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13615 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13617 return cc_loc_result
;
13620 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13623 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13624 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13627 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13628 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
13630 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
13632 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
13633 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
13635 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13639 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
13640 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
13643 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13644 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13646 return cc_loc_result
;
13649 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13650 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13651 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13652 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13653 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13655 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13656 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13657 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13659 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13661 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13662 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13663 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13665 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13667 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13670 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13671 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13672 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13673 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13674 contains the given subreg. */
13675 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
13679 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13684 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13688 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13690 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13691 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13692 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13694 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13695 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13696 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13701 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
13706 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13711 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
13713 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0), mode
,
13718 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13723 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
13724 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
13725 enum machine_mode mode
;
13728 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13729 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
13730 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13731 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13733 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
13734 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13735 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
13737 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13739 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
13740 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13743 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
13744 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
13745 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13751 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
13752 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
13757 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13758 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13760 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13762 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13764 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13765 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13766 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13767 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13768 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13769 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
13770 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
13772 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
13773 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
13775 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
13776 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13777 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
13778 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
13779 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13783 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
13784 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.high
13785 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
);
13786 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.low
13787 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
);
13793 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13794 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13796 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13798 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
13799 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
13800 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
13804 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13805 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
13807 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
13808 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13810 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13811 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
13813 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
13821 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
13822 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
13826 gcc_unreachable ();
13829 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
13830 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
13833 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
13834 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13836 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
13837 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13842 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
13843 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
13848 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
13849 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13851 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13852 insert_float (elt
, p
);
13857 gcc_unreachable ();
13860 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13861 length
* elt_size
, 0);
13862 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13863 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
13864 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
13865 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13870 if (mode
== VOIDmode
13871 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
13872 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13873 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
13875 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13880 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13883 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13884 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13886 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13887 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13888 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13889 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13890 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13895 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
13896 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13897 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13899 /* Value expression. */
13900 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13902 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13903 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13911 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13912 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13913 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13914 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13915 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13916 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13918 static const char *
13919 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
13921 const char *secname
;
13923 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
13925 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
13926 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
13928 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
13930 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
13931 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
13933 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
13934 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
13936 secname
= text_section_label
;
13941 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13944 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
13946 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
13947 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
13948 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
13951 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13954 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13955 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
13956 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13958 int have_address
= 0;
13959 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
13960 enum machine_mode mode
;
13962 if (want_address
!= 2)
13964 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
13966 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varloc
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
13968 varloc
= XEXP (XEXP (varloc
, 1), 0);
13969 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
13970 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
13972 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
13973 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
13978 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
13980 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
13984 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
13991 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, DECL_MODE (loc
), initialized
);
13998 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
13999 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14001 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14003 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14004 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14007 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14010 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14011 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14013 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14014 "Want address and only have value");
14018 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14019 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14021 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14022 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14024 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14026 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14027 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14030 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14033 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14035 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14041 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14042 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14045 static dw_loc_list_ref
14046 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
14048 const char *endname
, *secname
;
14050 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14051 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
14052 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14053 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14054 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
14055 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
14057 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14058 actually construct the list of locations.
14059 The first location information is what is passed to the
14060 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14061 locations just get added on to that list.
14062 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14063 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14064 the range [current location start, next location start].
14065 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14066 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14068 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
14070 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
14071 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14073 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14074 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14075 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14076 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14077 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14080 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->next
->label
,
14082 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14086 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14087 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14088 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14090 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14091 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14092 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14095 if (!current_function_decl
)
14096 endname
= text_end_label
;
14099 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
14100 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14101 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
14104 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
14105 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14109 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14110 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14111 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14112 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14113 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14115 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
14121 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14122 as location description. */
14125 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14127 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
14128 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
14131 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14134 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
14136 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
14137 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
14138 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14141 copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14142 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14143 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
14144 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
14146 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14147 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14148 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
14151 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14155 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14156 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14157 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14158 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14160 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14161 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14162 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14163 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14167 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14176 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
14178 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
14181 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
14183 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
14187 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
14188 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14189 " location lists.\n");
14194 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14195 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14197 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14198 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
14200 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14201 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
14202 enum machine_mode mode
;
14204 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
14209 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
14211 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14212 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14214 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
14216 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14217 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14220 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14221 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14222 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14225 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14226 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14227 into simple arithmetics. */
14229 static dw_loc_list_ref
14230 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
14233 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14234 enum machine_mode mode
;
14236 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14237 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14239 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
14240 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14241 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14243 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
14245 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
14248 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
14250 expansion_failed (obj
,
14251 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14254 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
14255 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
14257 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14258 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14260 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
14265 /* Variable offset. */
14266 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14267 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14269 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14272 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14273 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14275 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14277 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14278 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14280 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14281 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14282 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14283 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14289 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14290 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14291 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14292 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14293 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14294 to refer to register values). */
14296 static dw_loc_list_ref
14297 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14299 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
14300 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14301 int have_address
= 0;
14302 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14304 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14305 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14308 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
14311 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
14314 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
14315 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14316 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14317 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14318 the names of types. */
14319 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14323 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
14324 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14327 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14328 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14329 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14330 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14331 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14332 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14336 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14337 e.g. for &this->field. */
14340 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14341 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
14344 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
14345 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14348 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14349 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
14350 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
14354 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14360 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
14363 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
14364 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
14365 bool dtprel
= false;
14367 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
14369 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14371 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
14374 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14375 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14377 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
14379 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14381 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
14385 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
14386 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
14388 loc
= emutls_decl (loc
);
14389 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14390 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
14393 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14394 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14399 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14400 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
14403 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
14404 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14405 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14406 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
14408 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
14409 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
14417 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
14418 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
14423 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
14426 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
14428 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
14430 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
14431 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
14434 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14435 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14437 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
14440 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
14442 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
14443 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14444 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
14445 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
14447 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
14449 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
14452 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14454 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14455 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14456 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14460 enum machine_mode mode
;
14462 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14463 if (want_address
== 2)
14465 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
14466 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14471 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14474 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14477 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14480 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
14481 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14487 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF
:
14488 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF
:
14489 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14493 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
14494 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
14497 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
14500 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
14502 case COMPONENT_REF
:
14503 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
14505 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
14506 case REALPART_EXPR
:
14507 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
14510 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14511 enum machine_mode mode
;
14513 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14515 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14516 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14518 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
14520 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
14522 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
14523 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14524 for nonzero bitpos. */
14527 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
14529 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14530 "bitfield access");
14534 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
14536 /* Variable offset. */
14537 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14538 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14540 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14543 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14546 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14548 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
14549 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14550 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14557 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14558 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14560 else if (want_address
== 2
14561 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
14562 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14563 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
14564 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
14566 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14567 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
14570 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14571 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14580 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14583 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14584 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14585 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14588 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
14589 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
14594 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
14599 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
14600 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
14605 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
14606 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
14607 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
14608 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
14609 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14618 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
14619 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
14620 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
14621 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
14622 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14627 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14628 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14629 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14632 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14635 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14636 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14637 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14638 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14639 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14651 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
14654 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
14656 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14657 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
14659 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14663 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
14671 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14678 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14685 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14692 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14707 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14708 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14709 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14712 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14715 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14718 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
14732 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14736 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14742 const enum tree_code code
=
14743 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
14745 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
14746 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
14747 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
14748 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
14751 /* ... fall through ... */
14755 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14756 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14757 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14758 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
14759 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
14761 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14762 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
14765 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14766 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
14768 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
14769 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14770 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
14772 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
14773 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14774 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
14776 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14777 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14778 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
14779 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14780 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14784 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
14788 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14789 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14790 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
14791 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
14793 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14794 "language specific tree node");
14798 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14799 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14800 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14801 gcc_unreachable ();
14803 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14804 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14809 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
14812 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14813 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14815 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14817 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14818 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14822 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14824 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14825 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14828 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14829 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14831 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14832 "Want address and only have value");
14836 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
14838 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14839 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14841 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14843 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14845 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14846 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14849 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14852 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14855 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14857 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14860 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
14865 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14866 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14867 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14869 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
14872 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
14874 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14875 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14881 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14882 which is not less than the value itself. */
14884 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14885 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
14887 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
14890 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14891 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14892 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14893 ERROR_MARK node. */
14896 field_type (const_tree decl
)
14900 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
14901 return integer_type_node
;
14903 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
14904 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
14905 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14910 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14911 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14912 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14914 static inline unsigned
14915 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
14917 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
14920 static inline unsigned
14921 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
14923 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
14926 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14928 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14929 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t
, unsigned int align
)
14931 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14932 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14933 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14934 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14935 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) t
;
14941 return (HOST_WIDE_INT
) u
;
14944 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14945 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14946 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14947 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14948 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14951 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14952 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
14954 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
14955 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
14957 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
14960 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
14962 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14963 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14964 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14965 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
14968 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
14970 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14971 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
14974 tree field_size_tree
;
14975 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
14976 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
14977 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
14978 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
14979 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
14981 type
= field_type (decl
);
14982 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
14983 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
14985 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
14987 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
14988 a flexible array member. */
14989 if (!field_size_tree
)
14990 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
14992 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
14993 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
14994 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
14996 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
14998 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
15000 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15001 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15002 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15003 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15004 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15005 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15006 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15007 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15008 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15010 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15012 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15013 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15014 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15015 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15016 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15017 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15018 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15019 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15020 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15021 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15022 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15024 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15025 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15026 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15027 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15028 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15029 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15030 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15031 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15032 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15033 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15036 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15037 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15038 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15039 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15040 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15041 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15042 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15044 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15045 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15046 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
15048 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15049 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15051 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15053 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15055 object_offset_in_bits
15056 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
15058 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
15060 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15062 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15063 object_offset_in_bits
15064 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
15069 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
15071 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15074 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15075 associated with them. */
15077 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15079 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15080 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15081 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15084 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
15085 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
15089 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
15090 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
15092 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
15095 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15096 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15097 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15098 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15099 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15100 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15103 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15104 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15105 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15106 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15107 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15108 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15109 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15110 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15111 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15112 function below.) */
15115 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15117 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
15118 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
15120 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
15122 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15123 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
15125 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15126 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15127 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15128 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15130 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15132 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15134 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
15136 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15137 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15138 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15140 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15141 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15142 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15144 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15145 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
15146 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
15148 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
15149 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15150 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
15151 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15153 /* Extract the offset. */
15154 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15155 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15157 /* Add it to the object address. */
15158 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
15159 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15162 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
15165 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
15169 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
15171 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15172 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15177 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15179 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15180 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15181 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15183 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15184 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15185 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15189 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
15192 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
15196 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
15199 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15202 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
15206 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
15212 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15214 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15215 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
15217 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
15223 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
15229 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15232 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
15234 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
15238 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
15239 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
15241 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15242 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
15244 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
15249 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15250 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15251 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15252 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15253 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15256 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
15258 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15262 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15265 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
15267 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
15272 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15273 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15274 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15277 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15279 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
15281 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
15282 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
15284 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
15285 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
15288 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
15289 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
15295 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15296 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
15297 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
15298 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
15302 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
15304 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
15305 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15307 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15308 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
15310 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
15318 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
15319 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
15323 gcc_unreachable ();
15326 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
15327 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
15330 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
15331 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
15333 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
15334 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15339 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
15340 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
15345 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
15346 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15348 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15349 insert_float (elt
, p
);
15354 gcc_unreachable ();
15357 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
15362 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15364 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
15365 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
15367 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15368 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15369 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15370 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15371 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
15372 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15378 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15379 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
15382 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15385 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15390 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15391 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15392 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15393 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15394 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15395 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15396 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15397 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15398 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15399 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15400 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15408 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15409 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
15410 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
15412 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
15418 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15419 gcc_unreachable ();
15424 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15425 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15428 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
15429 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15431 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
15432 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
15434 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
15435 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15437 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15438 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15439 be conservative. */
15440 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15441 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
15443 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
15445 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
15449 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15450 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
15452 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15453 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15454 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15455 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15456 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
15459 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15465 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15466 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15469 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
15471 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
15473 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15474 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15475 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15477 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15478 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
15479 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15481 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
15483 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
15484 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
15485 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
15486 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
15487 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
15489 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
15490 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
15491 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
15492 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
15495 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15497 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
15499 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15500 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15501 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
15503 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15504 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15505 reference variables which won't be output. */
15506 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
15507 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
15509 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15511 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
15512 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15517 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
15519 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
15520 bool constant_p
= true;
15522 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
15524 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15525 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15526 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15527 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
15528 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
15530 constant_p
= false;
15536 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
15546 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
15548 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15549 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
15555 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15558 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
15562 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15563 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15564 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15566 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15567 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15568 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15569 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15570 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15571 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15572 referenced within the function.
15574 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15575 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15576 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15577 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15579 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15580 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15581 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15582 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15583 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15584 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15586 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15587 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15588 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15589 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15590 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15591 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15592 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15593 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15594 output at debug-time.
15596 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15597 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15598 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15599 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15600 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15601 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15602 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15603 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15604 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15605 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15606 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15607 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15608 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15610 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15611 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15612 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15613 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15614 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15615 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15616 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15617 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15618 I'd like to fix it.
15620 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15621 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15622 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15623 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15624 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15625 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15626 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15627 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15628 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15629 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15630 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15632 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15633 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
15635 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15636 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15637 fixed registers. */
15638 if (! reload_completed
)
15641 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
15643 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15645 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15646 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
15648 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15653 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
15655 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
15657 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15658 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
15659 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
15660 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
15662 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15663 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15664 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15665 if (dmode
== pmode
)
15666 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15667 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
15668 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15669 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15671 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15674 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
15676 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15677 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
15678 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15679 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
15686 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15687 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15688 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15689 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15690 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15691 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15693 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
15694 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
15695 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15696 /* Not passed in memory. */
15697 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15698 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15699 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15700 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15701 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15702 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15703 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15706 /* Big endian correction check. */
15707 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15708 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
15709 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
15712 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
15713 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
15715 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15716 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
15719 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15722 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
15723 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15725 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
15726 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
15728 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15729 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15730 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15731 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15732 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15733 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15735 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15736 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
15739 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15740 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15741 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15742 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
15743 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15746 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15748 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15749 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15750 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15752 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15754 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15755 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15757 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
15758 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15759 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
15760 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15761 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
15762 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
15763 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
15765 rtl
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
15766 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
15767 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
15768 SET_DECL_RTL (decl
, NULL
);
15770 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15771 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
15778 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15779 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15780 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15783 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
15785 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
15786 enum machine_mode mode
;
15787 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
15789 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
15791 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15792 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15793 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15794 be handled as such. */
15795 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
15796 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15797 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
15801 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
15802 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
15805 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
15806 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
15808 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
15809 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
15810 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
15811 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
15815 if (offset
!= NULL
)
15817 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
15819 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
15822 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15827 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15828 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15829 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15830 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15831 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15832 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15833 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15834 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15835 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15836 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15839 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
15840 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
15843 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
15844 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
15846 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15849 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
15850 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
15852 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15855 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
15856 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15857 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15860 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15861 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15862 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15863 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
15866 && loc_list
->first
== loc_list
->last
15867 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
)
15868 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
))
15870 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
15872 node
= loc_list
->first
;
15873 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
);
15874 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != PARALLEL
)
15875 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15876 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15877 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15880 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
15883 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
15886 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15887 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15888 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
15891 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15894 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
15896 deferred_locations entry
;
15897 entry
.variable
= variable
;
15899 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
15902 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15903 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15906 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
15910 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
15914 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15917 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
15918 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15920 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15921 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15923 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
15925 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15927 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
15929 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
15930 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
15931 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
15932 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
15935 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
15940 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
15941 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15943 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15945 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
15946 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
15947 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
15948 constructor_elt
*ce
;
15950 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
15951 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
15954 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
15955 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
15958 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
15959 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
15961 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
15964 tree val
= ce
->value
;
15965 tree index
= ce
->index
;
15967 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
15968 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
15971 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
15976 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
15979 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
15980 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
15982 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
15983 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
15987 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
15988 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
15991 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
15995 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
15996 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
15998 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
15999 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16000 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16002 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16005 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
16006 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
16009 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16010 cnt
++, field
= field
? TREE_CHAIN (field
) : 0)
16012 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16013 int pos
, fieldsize
;
16015 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
16021 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
16024 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16025 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
16026 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
16028 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
16029 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
16031 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
16032 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
16033 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
16035 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16041 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16042 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
16043 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
16045 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
16049 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16050 attribute is the const value T. */
16053 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
16056 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
16059 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
16063 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
16065 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
16067 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
16068 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16069 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
16070 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
16072 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
16073 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
16075 unsigned char *array
= GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size
);
16077 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
16079 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
16087 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16088 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16089 variable with static storage duration
16090 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16093 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
16097 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16098 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
16101 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
16102 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
16103 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16108 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16109 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
16112 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
16115 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16116 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16117 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16118 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16121 static dw_loc_list_ref
16122 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16125 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
16127 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
16128 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
16129 dw_cfa_location remember
;
16131 fde
= current_fde ();
16132 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
16134 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
16138 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
16139 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
16140 remember
= next_cfa
;
16142 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
16144 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16145 advance opcodes. */
16146 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16147 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16149 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16150 last_label
= start_label
;
16152 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16153 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
16155 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
16156 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
16157 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
16158 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
16159 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16161 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16162 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16164 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16165 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16166 start_label
= last_label
;
16168 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
16171 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
16172 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16173 gcc_unreachable ();
16176 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16180 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16182 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16183 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16184 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16185 start_label
= last_label
;
16188 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
16189 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
16191 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16197 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16198 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16199 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16200 before the latter is negated. */
16203 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16207 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16208 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
16209 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16211 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
16212 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16215 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
16216 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
16218 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
16219 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
16222 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16223 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16224 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
16225 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
16226 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16227 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
16229 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
16232 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16233 the value of the attribute. */
16236 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
16238 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
16240 if (demangle_name_func
)
16241 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
16243 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
16247 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16250 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
16252 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
16258 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
16262 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
16263 wd1
= GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen
+ 2);
16265 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
16266 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
16270 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
16273 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16274 a representation for that bound. */
16277 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
16279 int want_address
= 2;
16281 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
16286 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16289 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
16291 /* Use the default if possible. */
16292 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
16293 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
16294 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
))))
16297 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16298 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16299 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16300 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
16302 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16303 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
16304 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16305 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
16307 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16308 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
16309 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16310 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16312 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
16313 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16318 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16319 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
16329 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
16331 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16332 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16333 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16334 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16335 later parameter. */
16336 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
16338 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16347 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16348 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16350 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
16351 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16353 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, want_address
);
16357 if (single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
16359 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list
->expr
);
16363 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
16364 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
16366 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
16368 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
16369 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
16370 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
16371 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
16372 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16378 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16379 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16380 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16381 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16384 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
16386 unsigned dimension_number
;
16388 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
16390 for (dimension_number
= 0;
16391 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
16392 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
16394 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16396 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
16399 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16400 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16402 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
16405 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16406 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
16407 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
16409 /* Define the index type. */
16410 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
16412 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16413 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16414 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16415 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
16416 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
16417 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16418 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
16421 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
16425 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16426 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16428 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16429 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16430 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16432 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
16434 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
16437 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16438 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16444 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
16448 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
16453 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
16456 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
16457 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
16460 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16461 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16462 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16463 even for bit-fields. */
16464 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16467 gcc_unreachable ();
16470 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16471 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16472 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16473 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16474 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16477 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16478 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16479 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16482 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16483 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16484 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16485 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16486 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16487 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16489 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16490 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16491 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16494 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16496 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16497 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
16498 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
16499 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
16500 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
16501 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
16503 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16504 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16506 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16507 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16508 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16509 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
16510 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16513 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
16515 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16516 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16517 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16518 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16519 below must take account of these differences. */
16520 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16521 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
16523 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16525 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
16526 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16530 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16531 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
16532 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
16534 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
16537 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16538 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16541 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16543 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16544 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
16545 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
16547 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16548 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
16551 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16552 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16555 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
16557 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
16558 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
16559 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
16562 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16563 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16566 static inline dw_die_ref
16567 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
16569 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
16571 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
16573 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16574 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16575 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16577 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16578 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16582 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
16584 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
16586 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
16589 if (DECL_P (origin
))
16590 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
16591 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
16592 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
16594 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16595 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16596 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16597 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16598 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16599 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16600 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16604 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
16608 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16611 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
16613 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
16615 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
16617 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
16618 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
16619 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
16620 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
16623 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16624 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16625 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
16626 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
16627 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
16631 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16634 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16636 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
16638 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
16639 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
16642 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16643 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16646 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16650 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
16651 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
16653 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
16655 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
16656 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
16657 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
16659 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
16660 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
16661 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
16662 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
16665 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16666 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
16668 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
16670 asm_name
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
16671 asm_name
->die
= die
;
16672 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
16673 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
16674 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
16676 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
16677 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
16678 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
16682 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16683 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16684 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16685 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
16687 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
16688 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16689 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16694 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16697 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
16699 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
16702 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16705 pop_decl_scope (void)
16707 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
16710 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16711 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16712 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16713 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16714 the current active scope. */
16717 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16719 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
16720 tree containing_scope
;
16723 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16724 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
16726 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
16728 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16729 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
16731 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
16734 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16737 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16738 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16739 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16740 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
16741 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16743 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
16744 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16745 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
16747 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16748 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16749 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16750 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
16751 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
16756 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16757 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
16759 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16760 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16763 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
16766 scope_die
= context_die
;
16771 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16774 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16776 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
16777 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16778 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
16784 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16787 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16789 return (context_die
16790 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
16791 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
16792 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
16793 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
16796 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16797 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16800 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16802 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
16803 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
16806 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16807 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16808 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16811 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
16812 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16814 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16815 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
16817 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16818 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16819 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16820 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16821 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
16822 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
16823 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16825 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
16826 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16827 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16828 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16829 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
16832 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
16833 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
16834 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
16837 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
16838 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
16841 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16842 function call type. */
16844 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
16846 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
16848 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
16849 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16851 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16852 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16853 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16854 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16855 time being, following existing custom. */
16857 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
16858 value
= DW_CC_program
;
16860 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16861 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16862 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
16863 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
16866 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16867 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16868 was declared without a tag. */
16870 static const char *
16871 type_tag (const_tree type
)
16873 const char *name
= 0;
16875 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
16879 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16880 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
16881 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
16883 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16884 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16886 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
16887 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
16889 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16890 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16891 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16892 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16893 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
16894 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
16897 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16898 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
16899 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
16902 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
16905 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16906 for bit field types. */
16909 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
16911 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
16912 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
16915 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16916 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16919 static const char *
16920 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
16923 const char *fnname
;
16925 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
16926 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
16929 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
16931 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
16936 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16937 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16938 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16941 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16943 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
16944 dw_die_ref array_die
;
16946 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16947 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16948 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16949 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16950 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16951 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16952 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16953 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16954 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16956 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
16959 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16960 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16961 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
16962 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
16964 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
16966 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
16968 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
16969 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
16970 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
16971 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
16973 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16974 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
16975 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
16976 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
16978 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
16979 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
16981 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
16982 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
16984 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
16985 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16986 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16992 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
16993 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
16994 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
16995 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
16998 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16999 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
17000 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
17003 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17004 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17005 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17007 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
17009 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17010 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17011 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
17012 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
17015 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17017 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17018 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17019 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
17020 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17023 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17024 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17025 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17026 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17027 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17028 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17029 for multidimensional arrays. */
17030 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
17033 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17034 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17035 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17036 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
17037 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17040 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
17042 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17043 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17044 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17045 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
17046 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17048 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
17050 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
17053 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17054 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
17057 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17059 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17060 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17063 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17064 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17066 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17067 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
17068 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
17070 if (val
== base_decl
)
17071 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
17073 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
17076 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17078 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
17080 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17081 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17084 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
17087 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17090 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17091 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
17093 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
17095 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
17097 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17098 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17101 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17104 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
17110 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17113 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
17116 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
17117 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
17139 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
17140 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17142 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
17144 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17146 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17150 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
17154 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
17157 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17158 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17161 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
17162 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17164 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17165 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17168 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17169 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17170 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17172 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17174 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
17175 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17177 if (info
->data_location
)
17178 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
17180 if (info
->associated
)
17181 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
17183 if (info
->allocated
)
17184 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
17187 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
17189 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17190 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
17192 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
17194 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17195 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
17196 && integer_zerop (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
17198 else if (is_fortran ()
17199 && integer_onep (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
17202 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
17203 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
17206 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
17207 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
17208 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
17210 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
17211 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
17212 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
17216 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
17217 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17219 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17220 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17225 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17227 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17228 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
17230 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17231 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
17234 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
17235 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17236 0, 0, context_die
);
17239 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17240 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
17242 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
17246 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17247 emit full debugging info for them. */
17250 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17254 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
17255 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
17256 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
17257 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
17260 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17262 static enum dwarf_tag
17263 record_type_tag (tree type
)
17265 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
17266 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17268 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
17270 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
17271 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17273 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
17274 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
17276 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
17277 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17278 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
17279 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17282 gcc_unreachable ();
17286 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17287 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17288 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17292 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17294 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17296 if (type_die
== NULL
)
17298 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
17299 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
17300 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
17301 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
17303 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17306 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17308 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17309 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17310 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17311 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17315 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
17316 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
17317 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
17318 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
17320 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17321 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17322 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17323 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
17325 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
17326 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17328 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
17329 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17331 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
17332 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
17334 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
17335 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
17337 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
17338 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17339 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17340 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17341 values as if they were signed. That means that
17342 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17343 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17344 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
17345 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
17349 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17351 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17352 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
17357 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17358 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17361 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17362 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17363 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17364 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17365 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17366 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17367 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17368 argument type of some subprogram type.
17369 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17373 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
17374 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17376 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
17377 tree ultimate_origin
;
17378 dw_die_ref parm_die
17379 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
17381 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
17383 case tcc_declaration
:
17384 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
17385 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
17386 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
17387 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17388 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
17391 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node
);
17393 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
17394 if (decl_by_reference_p (node
))
17395 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
17398 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
17399 TREE_READONLY (node
),
17400 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
17402 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
17403 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17406 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
17407 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
17408 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
17409 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
17415 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17416 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17420 gcc_unreachable ();
17426 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17427 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17430 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17431 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17432 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17433 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17434 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17435 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17438 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
17440 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
17444 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
17446 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17447 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
17450 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
17451 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
17453 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
))
17455 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
17458 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
17459 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17464 return parm_pack_die
;
17467 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17468 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17471 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17473 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
17476 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17477 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17478 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17479 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17482 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17485 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
17486 tree first_parm_type
;
17489 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17491 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
17492 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
17497 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17499 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17500 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17501 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
17503 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
17505 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17506 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
17509 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17510 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
17511 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17513 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
17514 && link
== first_parm_type
)
17515 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
17516 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17518 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
17520 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
17523 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17524 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17525 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
17526 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
17528 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17529 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17530 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17531 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
17532 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17533 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
17536 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17537 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17538 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17539 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17540 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17543 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17545 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
17547 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17548 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17549 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
17550 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
17551 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
17553 dw_die_ref type_die
;
17554 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
17556 push_decl_scope (type
);
17557 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17558 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17559 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
17560 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
17562 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17563 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17564 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
17565 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
17566 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17568 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
17569 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
17573 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
17579 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17580 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17583 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
17585 dw_die_ref old_die
;
17589 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
17591 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17592 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
17594 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17595 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17596 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17599 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17600 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17601 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17602 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
17603 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
17605 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17606 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17607 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17609 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
17611 gen_type_die_for_member
17612 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
17615 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17616 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
17617 current_function_decl
= decl
;
17618 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
17620 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
17621 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
17622 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
17623 if (! was_abstract
)
17624 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
17626 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
17627 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
17631 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17634 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17635 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17638 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17643 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
17644 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17646 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17650 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17651 through htab_traverse.
17653 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17654 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17655 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17658 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
17659 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17661 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
17664 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
17665 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
17666 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
17667 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
17670 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17671 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17672 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (entry
->var_decl
);
17675 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17676 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17677 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
17678 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17684 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17687 premark_used_types (void)
17689 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
17690 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
17693 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17696 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17698 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
17699 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
17700 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
17703 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17707 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17709 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17710 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17711 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
17714 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17715 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
17716 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
17718 premark_used_types ();
17720 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17721 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17722 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17723 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17724 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17726 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17727 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
17730 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
17733 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17734 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17735 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
17736 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
17737 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
17738 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17739 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
17741 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17743 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
17745 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17746 inline function. */
17747 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17748 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
17750 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17751 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
17755 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17756 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
17758 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
17759 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17760 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17761 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17762 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17764 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17765 something we have already output. */
17769 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17770 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17771 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17772 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17773 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17774 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17775 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17776 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
17777 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
17778 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
17779 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
17780 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
17782 subr_die
= old_die
;
17784 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17785 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17786 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17787 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17788 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17789 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17790 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
17794 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17795 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
17796 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
17797 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
17798 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
17799 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17804 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17806 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
17807 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
17809 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
17810 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17812 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
17813 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17814 0, 0, context_die
);
17817 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
17818 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17819 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17821 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
17822 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
17823 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
17824 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
17829 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17831 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17833 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17834 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17835 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
17836 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
17837 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
17839 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17840 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17841 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17842 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17844 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17845 later reused to represent definition. */
17846 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17849 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17851 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
17853 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17854 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
17856 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
17860 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17861 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
17863 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
17866 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
17867 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
17868 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17870 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17872 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
17874 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
17876 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17877 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17879 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
17881 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
17882 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17883 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
17884 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
17885 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17886 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
17888 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
17889 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
17892 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17893 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17894 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17896 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17897 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17898 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17899 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17901 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17902 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17903 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17907 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17908 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17909 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
17912 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
17914 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17915 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17916 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17917 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17918 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17919 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17920 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17922 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
17924 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
17925 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
17929 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
17930 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
17931 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
17933 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
17936 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17937 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17938 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17939 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17940 by this displacement. */
17941 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
17943 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
17944 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
17945 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
17948 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17949 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17950 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
17952 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17953 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17954 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17955 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17956 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17957 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17958 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17959 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17960 an ellipsis at the end. */
17962 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17963 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17964 its formal parameters. */
17965 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17967 else if (declaration
)
17968 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17971 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17972 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
17973 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
17974 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
17975 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
17978 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17979 emit their relevant DIEs.
17981 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
17982 as well as it being a normal function.
17984 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
17985 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
17986 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
17987 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
17988 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
17989 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
17990 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
17991 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
17992 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
17995 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
17996 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
17998 if (generic_decl_parm
17999 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
18000 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
18005 gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
18006 parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
);
18009 if (generic_decl_parm
)
18010 generic_decl_parm
= TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
18013 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18014 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18015 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18016 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18017 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18018 parameters at all. */
18019 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18020 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
18022 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18023 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
18024 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18026 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
18027 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18030 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18031 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18032 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
18034 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18035 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18036 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18037 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18038 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18039 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18040 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18042 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18043 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18044 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18045 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18046 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18047 constructor function. */
18048 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
18050 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18051 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
18052 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
18054 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
18055 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
18057 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18058 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
18060 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18061 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
18063 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18064 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
18069 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18070 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18074 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18077 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
18079 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18080 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
18083 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18084 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18087 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
18089 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18090 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
18091 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
18094 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18095 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18098 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18102 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
18103 tree ultimate_origin
;
18104 dw_die_ref var_die
;
18105 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
18106 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
18107 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
18108 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18110 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
18111 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
18112 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
18113 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
18115 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18116 of a data member. */
18119 dw_die_ref com_die
;
18120 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
18121 die_node com_die_arg
;
18123 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
18126 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
18128 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
18133 /* Optimize the common case. */
18134 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18135 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18136 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18137 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
18139 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18140 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18142 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18144 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18145 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18151 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
18152 common_block_die_table
18153 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
18154 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
18156 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18157 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
18158 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
18159 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18160 if (com_die
== NULL
)
18163 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
18166 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
18167 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
18170 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18171 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18172 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18173 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18175 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18176 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18177 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
18178 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18179 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
18180 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
18182 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
18184 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18185 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18186 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18188 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
18189 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18190 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18191 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18192 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18197 /* Optimize the common case. */
18198 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18199 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18200 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18201 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
18202 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18203 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18205 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18207 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18209 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18210 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18211 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18215 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18216 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18217 DIE for it again. */
18222 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18223 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18224 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18225 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
18226 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18228 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
18231 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18232 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
18234 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18235 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18237 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18238 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18241 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18243 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18244 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18245 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18247 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
18248 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
18250 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18251 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
18252 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
18254 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18255 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
18257 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
18258 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
18260 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
18261 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18266 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18268 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18269 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl
))
18270 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18272 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18273 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18275 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18276 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18278 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18279 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18281 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18282 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18283 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18284 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18288 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18290 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
))
18291 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18294 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
18295 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18296 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18298 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
18299 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18300 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
18301 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18302 to add it again. */
18303 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
18305 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18306 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
18307 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18309 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
18312 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18315 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
18318 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18321 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18323 dw_die_ref const_die
;
18324 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18326 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
18327 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
18328 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
18329 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18330 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18331 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18332 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18333 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
18336 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18339 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18341 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18342 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
18344 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18346 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18347 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
18349 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
18351 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18352 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
18355 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
18357 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18358 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18359 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18363 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
18365 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18366 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18367 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18368 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18369 it if it ever does happen. */
18370 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
18372 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
18373 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18378 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18379 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18380 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18383 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18385 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
18387 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18389 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
18390 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
18395 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18396 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18399 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18401 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18403 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
18404 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18408 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
18410 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18411 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18412 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
18415 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
18417 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
18420 add_ranges (chain
);
18421 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
18428 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18429 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18430 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18431 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
18432 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18433 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
18437 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18440 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18442 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
18444 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18445 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
18447 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
18450 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18453 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18457 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18459 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
18461 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
18463 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18464 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18465 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18466 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18467 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
18469 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
18471 dw_die_ref subr_die
18472 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
18474 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18475 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18476 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18477 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18479 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
18480 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
18484 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18487 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18489 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
18491 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
18494 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18495 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18496 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
18497 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
18500 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
18502 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18503 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18504 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18507 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
18508 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18510 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18511 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18513 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18514 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18515 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18516 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18518 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18519 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18523 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18524 Use modified_type_die instead.
18525 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18526 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18529 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18532 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18534 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18535 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18536 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18539 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18540 Use modified_type_die instead.
18541 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18542 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18545 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18548 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18550 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
18551 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18552 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18556 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18559 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18562 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
18563 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18565 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18566 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18567 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
18568 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18571 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18574 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
18577 char producer
[250];
18578 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
18581 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
18585 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
18586 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18587 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
18588 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
18591 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
18593 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18594 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18595 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18596 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18597 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18598 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18599 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18600 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18601 strcat (producer
, " -g");
18604 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
18606 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
18607 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
18608 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
18609 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
18610 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
18611 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18612 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
18613 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18615 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18616 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
18617 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18618 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
18619 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
18620 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
18621 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18622 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
18623 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18624 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
18627 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
18631 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18634 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18636 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
18638 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18639 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
18641 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
18642 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
18644 if (access
== access_public_node
)
18645 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
18646 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
18647 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18650 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18653 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18656 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
18659 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18660 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18661 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18662 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18663 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18664 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18665 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18666 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18667 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18668 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18669 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18671 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18674 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
18678 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
18679 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
18680 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
18681 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
18684 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18685 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18687 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18688 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18689 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18690 do put them in the right order. */
18692 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18694 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18696 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18699 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18700 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18702 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18703 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
18706 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18708 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18710 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18714 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18715 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18716 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18719 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18720 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18722 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18723 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
18725 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
18726 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18727 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
18728 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
18729 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
18731 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
18734 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
18735 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
18736 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
18739 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18741 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
18742 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18744 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
18746 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
18747 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
18749 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18751 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
18753 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18756 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18758 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18759 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18760 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
18761 gen_generic_params_dies (type
);
18763 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18764 then give a list of members. */
18765 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
18767 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18768 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18769 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18770 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18771 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18772 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18774 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18775 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18776 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18777 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
18779 push_decl_scope (type
);
18780 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
18783 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18784 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
18786 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
18788 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
18789 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18790 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
18795 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18797 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18798 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18799 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
18800 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
18803 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18804 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18807 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18810 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18812 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18813 dw_die_ref subr_die
18814 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
18815 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18817 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
18818 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
18819 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18820 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
18822 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18823 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
18826 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18829 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18831 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18834 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
18837 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
18838 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
18839 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18840 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18841 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
18846 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
18847 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
18849 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
18851 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18852 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
18855 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18857 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18858 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18861 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18862 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
18864 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18865 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
18868 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18871 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18872 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18875 struct array_descr_info info
;
18877 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
18880 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18881 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18882 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
18883 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18885 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
18888 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18889 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
18891 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18892 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18893 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
18894 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
18895 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
18897 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18898 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
18902 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18903 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
18904 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
18905 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
18906 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18908 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
18909 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18913 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18914 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18915 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18916 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18917 cloned type itself). */
18918 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
18919 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
18921 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
18924 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
18930 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
18931 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18932 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18933 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18934 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18936 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18938 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18939 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18940 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18941 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
18945 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18946 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
18947 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
18948 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
18950 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
18951 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18952 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
18954 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
18956 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18959 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
18960 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18961 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18962 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
18963 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18967 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18968 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18969 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
18970 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18974 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18978 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18981 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
18984 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
18985 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
18986 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
18987 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
18988 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
18989 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
18990 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
18991 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
18992 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
18993 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
18995 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
18997 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19000 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19001 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19002 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19005 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
19006 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
19008 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19009 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19010 decls_for_scope. */
19011 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19016 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
19020 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
19022 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19023 declare_in_namespace. */
19024 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19025 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19028 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
19033 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19034 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19035 when appropriate. */
19041 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
19044 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19048 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19052 gcc_unreachable ();
19055 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19059 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19061 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19064 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19065 things which are local to the given block. */
19068 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19070 int must_output_die
= 0;
19073 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19074 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19077 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
19079 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19080 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19081 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19082 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
19086 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
19087 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19092 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19095 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19096 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19097 must_output_die
= 1;
19100 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19101 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19102 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19103 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19104 as being a "significant" one. */
19105 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
19106 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
19107 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
19108 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19109 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
19110 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
19111 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19112 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19113 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
19114 must_output_die
= 1;
19117 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19118 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19119 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19120 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19121 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19122 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19123 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19124 if (must_output_die
)
19128 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19129 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19130 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19131 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19132 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19133 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19134 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19135 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19137 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19138 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19139 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19140 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19141 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19142 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19145 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19148 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19151 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19152 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19154 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19157 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19159 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
19160 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19161 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
19162 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
19163 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
19167 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19168 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
19169 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19170 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
19171 stmt
, context_die
);
19173 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19176 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19177 all of its sub-blocks. */
19180 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19186 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19187 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19190 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19191 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19192 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19193 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19194 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
19195 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
19196 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
19197 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
19200 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19201 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19204 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19205 therein) of this block. */
19206 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
19208 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
19209 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19212 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19215 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
19217 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
19220 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
19221 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
19222 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
19223 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
19224 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
19225 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19231 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19233 static inline dw_die_ref
19234 get_context_die (tree context
)
19238 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19239 if (TYPE_P (context
))
19240 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
));
19242 return force_decl_die (context
);
19244 return comp_unit_die
;
19247 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19250 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
19252 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19253 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
19254 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
19255 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19258 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19260 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19264 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19266 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19267 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19268 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19269 declaration die. */
19270 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
19271 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
19272 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19273 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
19277 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19278 gen_decl_die() call. */
19279 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
19280 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
19281 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19282 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
19285 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19286 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19287 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19289 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19290 decl_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19294 gcc_unreachable ();
19297 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19299 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19300 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
19306 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19307 always returned. */
19310 force_type_die (tree type
)
19312 dw_die_ref type_die
;
19314 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19317 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19319 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
19320 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
19321 gcc_assert (type_die
);
19326 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19327 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19330 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19332 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
19333 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
19334 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19335 /* Force out the namespace. */
19336 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
19338 return context_die
;
19341 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19342 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19344 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19345 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19348 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19350 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
19352 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19353 return context_die
;
19355 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19356 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19357 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19358 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
19359 return context_die
;
19361 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
19363 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
19367 if (DECL_P (thing
))
19368 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
19370 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
19372 return context_die
;
19375 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19378 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19380 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
19382 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19383 they are an alias of. */
19384 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
19386 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19387 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19388 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
19389 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
19390 context_die
, decl
);
19391 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19392 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19394 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
19396 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
19399 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19400 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19401 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19402 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19406 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19408 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19409 dw_die_ref origin_die
19410 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19412 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
19413 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19414 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19415 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19416 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
19417 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19418 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
19419 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19423 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19426 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19428 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19429 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
19431 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
19434 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
19440 if (!is_fortran ())
19442 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19443 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19447 /* Emit its type. */
19448 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19450 /* And its containing namespace. */
19451 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19453 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
19456 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19457 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19458 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19459 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19460 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19461 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
19462 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
19467 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19468 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19469 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
19470 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19473 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19474 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
19475 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19476 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
19477 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19479 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19480 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19481 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
19482 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
19483 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
19484 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19485 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19486 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19487 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19489 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19490 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
19493 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19494 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19496 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19497 have described its return type. */
19498 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
19500 /* And its virtual context. */
19501 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19502 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
19504 /* And its containing type. */
19506 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
19507 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19508 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
19510 /* And its containing namespace. */
19511 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19514 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19516 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19520 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19521 actual typedefs. */
19522 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19525 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19526 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19527 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19528 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19529 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19530 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19531 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19532 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19533 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19535 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19538 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
19539 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19541 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19542 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
19546 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
19547 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
19552 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19553 variable declarations or definitions. */
19554 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19557 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19559 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19560 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19562 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19564 /* And its containing type. */
19565 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
19566 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19567 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19569 /* And its containing namespace. */
19570 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19572 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19573 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19574 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19576 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19577 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
19578 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
19579 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19580 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19583 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19587 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19588 anonymous unions and structs. */
19589 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
19590 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
19591 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
19593 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
19594 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
19599 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
19600 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19602 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19603 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19604 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19608 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19609 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19610 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19611 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
19615 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19616 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
19621 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19622 compilation proper has finished. */
19625 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
19627 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19628 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19629 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19630 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19631 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
19632 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19635 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19636 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19638 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
19641 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19644 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19645 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19646 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19647 that DECL belongs to.
19648 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19650 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
19652 tree lexical_block
,
19653 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
19655 expanded_location xloc
;
19656 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
19657 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
19659 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19661 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19662 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
19666 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
19668 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
19670 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19671 at_import_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19673 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19674 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19675 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19676 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19677 if (!at_import_die
)
19679 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
19680 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
19681 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19682 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
19687 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19688 if (!at_import_die
)
19690 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19691 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19692 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
19694 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
19696 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19697 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19698 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
19699 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19701 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
19702 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
19704 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
19708 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19710 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19711 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
19718 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
19722 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
19723 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
19725 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
19726 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
19727 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
19730 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19731 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19732 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19733 importing whole module. */
19736 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
19739 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19740 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
19742 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19747 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19748 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19751 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19752 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19754 && TYPE_P (context
)
19755 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19758 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19761 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
19765 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
19766 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
19767 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
19768 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
19771 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19772 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
19776 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19779 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
19781 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19783 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19788 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19789 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19790 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19791 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19792 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19793 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19794 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19795 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19796 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19797 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19798 with the definition of the function.
19800 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19801 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19802 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19803 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19804 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19805 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19806 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19807 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19808 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19809 that they *are* definitions).
19811 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19812 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19813 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19814 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19815 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19816 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19819 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19820 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19821 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19822 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
19823 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19824 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19825 context_die
= NULL
;
19829 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19830 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19831 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19832 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19833 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19834 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19835 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19836 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19837 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
19840 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19841 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19842 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19844 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19845 variable declarations or definitions. */
19846 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19851 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19853 if (!is_fortran ())
19855 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19856 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19859 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19860 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19861 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19863 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
19868 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19869 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
19872 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19873 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19874 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
19876 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19877 comparisons have. */
19879 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19880 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
19881 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
19886 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19887 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19890 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19891 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19892 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
19893 context_die
= NULL
;
19901 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19904 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19905 a lexical block. */
19908 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
19909 unsigned int blocknum
)
19911 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19912 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
19915 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19919 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
19921 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19922 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
19925 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19926 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19928 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19929 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19930 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19933 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
19938 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
19939 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
19940 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
19942 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
19944 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
19945 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
19946 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
19953 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
19956 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
19958 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
19959 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
19960 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
19961 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
19965 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
19967 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
19968 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
19971 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
19972 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
19973 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
19974 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
19975 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
19976 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
19977 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
19978 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
19979 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
19982 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
19983 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
19986 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
19988 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
19989 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
19990 if (file_table_last_lookup
19991 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
19992 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
19993 return file_table_last_lookup
;
19995 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
19996 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
19997 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
19999 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
20001 created
= GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data
);
20002 created
->filename
= file_name
;
20003 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
20008 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20009 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20010 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20011 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20012 types, which may include filenames. */
20015 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
20017 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
20019 if (last_emitted_file
)
20020 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
20022 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
20023 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
20025 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20027 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
20028 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
20029 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
20030 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20034 return fd
->emitted_number
;
20037 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20038 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20039 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20042 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
20044 die_arg_entry entry
;
20049 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20050 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20051 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
20055 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
20056 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
20060 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20061 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20062 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20065 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20067 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20073 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
);
20075 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
20080 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20083 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
20089 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
20093 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
20097 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
20100 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
20102 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
20103 /* replace the string. */
20104 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
20108 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
20111 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20112 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20113 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20116 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ
)
20119 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (targ
);
20121 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20125 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20126 e
.poc_decl
= current_function_decl
;
20127 e
.targ_die
= force_decl_die (targ
);
20128 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry
, gc
, dcall_table
, &e
);
20130 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20131 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20134 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20137 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x
)
20139 return (hashval_t
) ((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
;
20142 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20143 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20146 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
20148 return (((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
20149 == ((const struct vcall_insn
*) y
)->insn_uid
);
20152 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20155 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot
, int insn_uid
)
20157 struct vcall_insn
*item
= GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn
);
20158 struct vcall_insn
**slot
;
20161 item
->insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20162 item
->vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20163 slot
= (struct vcall_insn
**)
20164 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
, &item
,
20165 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
, INSERT
);
20169 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20171 static unsigned int
20172 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid
)
20174 struct vcall_insn item
;
20175 struct vcall_insn
*p
;
20177 item
.insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20178 item
.vtable_slot
= 0;
20179 p
= (struct vcall_insn
*) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
,
20181 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
);
20183 return (unsigned int) -1;
20184 return p
->vtable_slot
;
20188 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20189 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20190 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20194 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr
, int insn_uid
)
20196 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr
) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
20198 tree token
= OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr
);
20199 if (TREE_CODE (token
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20200 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token
), insn_uid
);
20204 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20205 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20209 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn
, rtx new_insn
)
20211 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn
));
20213 if (vtable_slot
!= (unsigned int) -1)
20214 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot
, INSN_UID (new_insn
));
20217 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20218 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20219 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20220 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20221 lowering to RTL. */
20224 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid
)
20226 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid
);
20229 if (vtable_slot
== (unsigned int) -1)
20232 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20233 e
.vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20234 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry
, gc
, vcall_table
, &e
);
20236 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20237 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20240 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20241 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20242 our lookup table. */
20245 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
20247 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
20248 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
20250 static const char *last_label
;
20251 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
20252 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
20255 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
20258 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
20259 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20260 don't do anything. */
20261 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
20264 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
20265 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
);
20266 if (newloc
== NULL
)
20269 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20270 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20271 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
20272 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
20273 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
20275 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20276 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20278 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20279 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
20281 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
20282 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
20284 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
20285 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
20288 if (!last_postcall_label
)
20290 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
20291 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20293 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
20296 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
20297 newloc
->section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
20299 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
20301 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
20302 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
20305 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20306 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20307 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20308 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20311 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
20313 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
20315 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
20316 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
20318 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20321 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20322 and record information relating to this source line, in
20323 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20326 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
20327 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
20329 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
20331 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20334 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20336 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20338 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20339 if (flag_debug_asm
)
20340 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
20343 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20345 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20346 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
20347 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
20349 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
20350 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
20352 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
20353 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
20354 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20356 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20357 line_info_table_in_use
++;
20359 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
20361 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
20362 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
20363 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20364 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
20366 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20367 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20368 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
20370 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20371 separate_line_info_table
20372 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
20373 separate_line_info_table
,
20374 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
20375 memset (separate_line_info_table
20376 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
20378 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20379 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
20382 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20384 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
20385 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20386 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20387 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
20391 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
20393 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20394 line_info_table_in_use
);
20396 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20397 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
20399 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20401 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
20402 line_info_table_allocated
);
20403 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
20404 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
20407 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20408 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
20409 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20410 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20415 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20418 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
20420 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20422 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20423 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
20425 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20426 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
20429 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20431 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20433 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20434 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
20435 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
20438 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
20442 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20445 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20447 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20448 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20449 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20451 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20453 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20454 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
20458 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20459 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20460 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20463 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20464 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20466 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20468 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20469 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
20470 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20471 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20475 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20476 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20477 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20480 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20481 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20483 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20485 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20486 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
20487 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20488 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20492 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20495 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20497 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20498 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
20499 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
20501 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20502 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
20503 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
20505 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20506 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
20507 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
20509 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20510 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
20512 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20513 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref
, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20514 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20515 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20516 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
20518 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20519 line_info_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20520 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20522 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20523 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
20525 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20526 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20527 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20529 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20530 vcall_insn_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash
,
20531 vcall_insn_table_eq
, NULL
);
20533 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20534 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20535 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20536 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20537 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20538 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20539 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
20541 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
20543 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
20545 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
20546 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20547 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
20548 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20549 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
20550 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20551 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
20552 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20553 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
20554 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20555 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
20556 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20557 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
20558 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20559 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
20560 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20561 debug_dcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
,
20562 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20563 debug_vcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
,
20564 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20565 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
20566 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
20567 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
20568 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20569 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
20570 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20572 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
20573 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
20574 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20575 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
20577 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20578 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
20580 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
20581 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20582 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
20583 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20584 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
20585 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20586 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
20587 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
20588 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
20589 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
20590 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
20591 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
20593 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20595 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20596 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
20597 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20598 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
20601 switch_to_section (text_section
);
20602 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
20603 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
20605 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
20606 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
20607 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
20612 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20613 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20616 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20618 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20620 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20621 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
20623 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20627 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20628 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20631 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20633 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
20635 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
20637 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
20638 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
20639 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
20645 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20646 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20649 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
20653 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
20654 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
20656 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20658 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20659 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20662 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
20668 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
20671 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20672 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20675 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
20680 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20682 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
20684 /* A reference to another DIE.
20685 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20686 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20687 if (dwarf_version
< 4
20688 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
20689 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
20690 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
20692 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20693 accounts properly for it. */
20694 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20695 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
20700 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20701 to DIE's children. */
20704 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
20708 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20710 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20713 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20714 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20715 if (die
->die_parent
)
20716 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
20718 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20719 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20721 /* If this node is a specification,
20722 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20723 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
20724 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
20727 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
20729 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20730 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20733 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20734 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20735 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20736 for all type definitions. */
20737 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
20738 || (dwarf_version
>= 4
20739 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
20740 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
20742 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20746 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20747 and if so, mark them. */
20750 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
20754 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20757 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20759 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20760 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20761 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20764 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
20765 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
20766 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
20767 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
20774 /* Mark children. */
20775 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
20778 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20781 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
20785 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20786 children have been marked as well. */
20787 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20790 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20792 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20793 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20794 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20795 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20798 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
20799 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
20802 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20803 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20804 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20805 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20806 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20808 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
20810 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20813 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
20814 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
20815 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
20816 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
20817 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
20818 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
20819 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
20820 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
20821 case DW_TAG_friend
:
20822 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
20823 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
20824 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
20825 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
20826 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
20827 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
20828 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
20829 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
20830 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20833 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20837 /* Mark everything else. */
20841 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20845 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20846 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20851 /* Mark children. */
20852 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20855 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20859 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
20864 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20865 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20867 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
20869 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20870 twice in the hash table. */
20872 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
20875 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
20876 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
20878 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
20884 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20887 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
20891 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
20892 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
20894 if (! die
->die_child
)
20897 c
= die
->die_child
;
20899 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
20900 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
20901 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
20903 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20905 /* No marked children at all. */
20906 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
20909 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
20910 die
->die_child
= prev
;
20915 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
20917 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
20918 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
20921 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20922 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
20923 decided to emit. */
20926 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20928 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
20930 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
20931 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
20936 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
20939 prune_unused_types (void)
20942 limbo_die_node
*node
;
20943 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
20945 dcall_entry
*dcall
;
20947 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20948 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
20949 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
20950 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20951 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
20952 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20953 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
20954 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20956 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
20957 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
20959 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
20960 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
20961 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20962 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
20963 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20965 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
20966 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
20969 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
20970 pubname_table or arange_table. */
20971 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
20972 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
20973 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
20974 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
20976 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
20977 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, dcall
); i
++)
20978 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall
->targ_die
, 1);
20980 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
20981 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
20982 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
20983 else if (debug_str_hash
)
20984 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
20985 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
20986 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20987 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
20988 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20989 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
20991 /* Leave the marks clear. */
20992 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
20993 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20994 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
20995 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20996 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
20999 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21002 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
21004 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
21005 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
21006 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
21014 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21017 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
21020 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
21022 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
21027 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
21029 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
21030 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
21032 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
21033 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
21036 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21037 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21038 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21039 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21040 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21041 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21044 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
21046 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21047 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21049 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
21053 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21055 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
21059 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
21061 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21062 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
21066 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21067 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21068 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21071 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21075 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
21077 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
21078 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
21079 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
21081 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
21082 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
21083 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
21085 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
21086 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
21091 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
21092 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
21093 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
21094 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
21097 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
21098 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
21104 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21105 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21106 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21109 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
21111 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
21112 if ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
21113 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21114 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
21115 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
21116 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
21121 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21122 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21123 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21124 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21125 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21126 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21129 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
21133 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
;
21136 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21137 switch (AT_class (a
))
21139 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
21140 curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
21143 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
21145 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21146 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
21148 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
21149 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
21154 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21156 if (!AT_loc_list (a
))
21158 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21162 case dw_val_class_loc
:
21163 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
21165 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21169 case dw_val_class_addr
:
21170 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
21171 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21173 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21181 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
21184 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21185 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21188 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
21190 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
21191 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21192 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
21193 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
21196 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21198 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21199 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21200 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
21201 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
21202 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21203 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
21206 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
21208 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21211 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
21213 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21214 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
21215 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
21219 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21220 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21221 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21222 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21224 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
21226 next_node
= node
->next
;
21229 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
21231 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
21234 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
21235 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
21237 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
21238 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21239 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21242 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21243 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21244 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21245 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21246 this to be a child of the containing function.
21248 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21249 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21250 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21251 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21252 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
21254 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
21256 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
21257 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21258 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
21259 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21261 gcc_assert (context
21262 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21263 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
21265 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
21267 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
21269 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21274 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21276 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die
);
21278 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21280 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
21281 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
21283 add_AT_string (node
->die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
21284 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
21285 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
21289 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
21291 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21292 emit full debugging info for them. */
21293 retry_incomplete_types ();
21295 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
21296 prune_unused_types ();
21298 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21299 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21300 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21301 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
21303 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21304 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
21306 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die
);
21308 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21309 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21311 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21313 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21314 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21315 references to the main compile unit). */
21316 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21317 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
21318 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die
);
21320 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21321 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21322 referenced. Prune them. */
21323 prune_unused_types ();
21326 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21327 that have children. */
21328 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
21329 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21330 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
21331 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21332 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
21334 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21335 switch_to_section (text_section
);
21336 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
21337 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
21339 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21340 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
21343 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21345 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21346 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21348 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
21349 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
21354 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
21356 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21357 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21358 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21359 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21360 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21361 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21362 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21364 if (text_section_used
)
21365 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_ranges
,
21366 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label
,
21368 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& cold_text_section_used
)
21369 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label
,
21372 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
21374 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
21376 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
21378 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21379 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
21380 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
);
21381 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
21382 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
21383 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
);
21385 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21386 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
21393 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21394 if (have_location_lists
)
21396 /* Output the location lists info. */
21397 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
21398 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
21399 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21400 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
21401 output_location_lists (die
);
21404 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21405 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21406 debug_line_section_label
);
21408 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21409 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
21411 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21412 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21413 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21414 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
21416 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
21417 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21419 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
21421 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21422 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
21425 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21426 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21428 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21429 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21430 debug_line_section_label
);
21432 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
21435 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
21437 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21438 has been emitted. */
21439 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
21441 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21442 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
21443 output_abbrev_section ();
21445 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21446 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
21448 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
21449 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
21452 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21453 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21454 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21455 simply won't look for the section. */
21456 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
21458 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
21459 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
21462 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21463 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
))
21465 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section
);
21466 output_dcall_table ();
21468 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
))
21470 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section
);
21471 output_vcall_table ();
21474 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21475 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21476 if (fde_table_in_use
)
21478 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
21482 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21483 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
21485 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
21486 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
21490 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21491 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21492 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21493 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21494 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21495 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21496 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21498 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
21499 output_line_info ();
21502 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21503 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21505 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21509 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21511 if (debug_str_hash
)
21512 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
21516 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21517 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
21521 0, /* assembly_start */
21524 0, /* start_source_file */
21525 0, /* end_source_file */
21526 0, /* begin_block */
21528 0, /* ignore_block */
21529 0, /* source_line */
21530 0, /* begin_prologue */
21531 0, /* end_prologue */
21532 0, /* end_epilogue */
21533 0, /* begin_function */
21534 0, /* end_function */
21535 0, /* function_decl */
21536 0, /* global_decl */
21538 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21539 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21540 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21542 0, /* handle_pch */
21543 0, /* var_location */
21544 0, /* switch_text_section */
21545 0, /* direct_call */
21546 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21547 0, /* copy_call_info */
21548 0, /* virtual_call */
21550 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21553 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21555 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"